733689
653
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/661
Next page
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Pictorial index
Search by illustration
1
For safety
and security
Make sure to read through them
2
Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
3
Operation of
each component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
4
Driving
Operations and advice which are necessary for driving
5
Audio system
Operating the audio system
6
Interior features
Usage of the interior features, etc.
7
Maintenance
and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures
8
When trouble
arises
What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
9
Vehicle
specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
Index
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 1 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
For your information .......................8
Reading this manual.....................12
How to search ..............................13
Pictorial index ...............................14
1-1. For safe use
Before driving.......................34
For safety drive ....................36
Seat belts.............................38
SRS airbags.........................42
Airbag manual on-off
system ...............................52
Safety information for
children ..............................54
Child restraint systems ........55
Installing child restraints ......64
Exhaust gas
precautions ........................74
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system ...............................75
Alarm ...................................87
Double locking system ........90
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators........................... 92
Gauges and meters............. 98
Multi-information display
(3-ring meter) .................. 101
Multi-information display
(2-ring meter) .................. 107
Fuel consumption
information ...................... 118
3-1. Key information
Keys .................................. 122
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors ......................... 134
Back door .......................... 140
Smart entry & start
system............................. 145
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 168
Rear seats......................... 170
Head restraints.................. 172
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 174
Inside rear view mirror....... 176
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 178
3-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows ................. 181
1
For safety and security
2
Instrument cluster
3
Operation of each
component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 2 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
3
1
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle .............186
Cargo and luggage ............198
Trailer towing .....................199
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a smart
entry & start system)........209
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)........213
Multidrive ...........................223
Manual transmission..........230
Turn signal lever ................233
Parking brake.....................234
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch.................235
Fog light switch ..................241
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................243
Rear window wiper and
washer .............................247
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel
tank cap ...........................249
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
Toyota Safety Sense......... 252
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system) ........................... 258
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) ............................... 271
Automatic High Beam ....... 276
RSA
(Road Sign Assist) .......... 280
4-6. Using the driving
support systems
Stop & Start system
(Smart Stop).................... 286
Cruise control .................... 299
Speed limiter ..................... 304
Toyota parking
assist-sensor................... 308
Simple-IPA (Simple-
Intelligent Parking
Assist) ............................. 315
Diesel particulate filter
system............................. 330
Driving assist systems....... 332
4-7. Driving tips
Winter driving tips.............. 338
4
Driving
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 3 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types............342
Steering wheel audio
switches...........................343
AUX port/USB port.............344
5-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the audio
system .............................345
5-3. Using the radio
Radio operation .................347
5-4. Playing audio CDs and
MP3/WMA discs
CD player operation...........350
5-5. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod ...........358
Listening to a USB
memory device ................366
Using the AUX port ............373
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone .................... 374
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 379
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 380
5-7. “SET UP” menu
Using the “SET UP” menu
(“Bluetooth” menu) .......... 381
Using the “SET UP” menu
(“Phone” menu)............... 386
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player .............................. 391
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Making a phone call .......... 394
Receiving a
phone call........................ 396
Speaking on the
phone .............................. 397
5-10. Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
......................... 399
5
Audio system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 4 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
5
1
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
6-1. Using the air
conditioning system
and defogger
Heater system....................404
Automatic air conditioning
system .............................409
Power heater .....................417
Seat heaters ......................419
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................421
Interior lights..................422
Vanity lights ...................422
Personal lights...............423
6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ......425
Glove box ......................426
Console box ..................426
Bottle holders ................427
• Cup holders ...................428
Auxiliary boxes ..............429
Luggage compartment
features............................431
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features ....... 437
Sun visors ..................... 437
Vanity mirrors................ 437
Clock............................. 438
Portable ashtray............ 438
Power outlets ................ 439
Armrest ......................... 440
Assist grips ................... 441
Coat hooks.................... 441
Panoramic roof
shade ............................ 442
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 446
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 450
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ................... 453
6
Interior features
7
Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 5 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ......................456
Hood ..................................459
Positioning a floor
jack ..................................461
Engine compartment..........462
Tires...................................483
Tire inflation pressure ........498
Wheels...............................500
Air conditioning filter ..........503
Wireless remote control/
electronic key battery.......505
Checking and replacing
fuses ................................508
Light bulbs .........................514
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ...........530
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency.......................531
8-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs
to be towed ..................... 533
If you think something
is wrong........................... 539
Fuel pump shut off
system............................. 540
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 541
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 553
If you have a flat tire
(vehicles with a
spare tire)........................ 559
If you have a flat tire
(vehicles with an
emergency tire puncture
repair kit) ......................... 573
If the engine will not
start ................................. 589
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........ 591
If the vehicle battery
is discharged................... 594
If your vehicle
overheats ........................ 600
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls .............. 604
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................ 605
8
When trouble arises
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 6 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
7
1
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.)...........608
Fuel information .................628
9-2. Customization
Customizable features .......630
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................637
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .....................640
Alphabetical index ......................645
9
Vehicle specifications
Index
Toyota Motor Europe NV/SA, Avenue du Bourget 60 - 1140
Brussels, Belgium www.toyota-europe.com
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 7 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
8
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment,
including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment
not installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Both genuine Toyota and a wide variety of other spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available on the market. Should it be deter-
mined that any of the genuine Toyota parts or accessories supplied with the
vehicle need to be replaced, Toyota recommends that genuine Toyota parts
or accessories, be used to replace them. Other parts or accessories of
matching quality can also be used. Toyota cannot accept any liability or guar-
antee spare parts and accessories which are not genuine Toyota products,
nor for replacement or installation involving such parts. In addition, damage
or performance problems resulting from the use of non-genuine Toyota spare
parts or accessories may not be covered under warranty.
For your information
Main Owners Manual
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 8 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
9
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The installation of an RF-transmitter system in your vehicle could affect elec-
tronic systems such as:
Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
Cruise control system (if equipped)
Anti-lock brake system
SRS airbag system
Seat belt pretensioner system
Toyota Safety Sense (if equipped)
Be sure to check with any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of an RF-transmitter system.
Further information regarding frequency bands, power levels, antenna posi-
tions and installation provisions for the installation of RF-transmitters, is avail-
able on request at any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional,
before you scrap your vehicle.
Installation of an RF-transmitter system
Scrapping of your Toyota
Your vehicle contains batteries and/or accumulators. Do not discard them
into the environment but cooperate with separate collection (Directive 2006/
66/EC).
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 9 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
10
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 10 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
11
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 11 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
12
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
Reading this manual
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 12 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
13
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Searching by name
Alphabetical index ...... P. 645
Searching by installation
position
Pictorial index............... P. 14
Searching by symptom or
sound
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ....... P. 640
Searching by title
Table of contents ............ P. 2
How to search
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 13 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
14
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Pictorial index
Pictorial index
Exterior
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 134
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 134
Opening/closing the side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
Locking/unlocking using the mechanical key
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . P. 591
Warning lights/warning messages
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 541, 553
Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 140
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 140
Warning lights/warning messages
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 541, 553
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 406, 413
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 14 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
15
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Precautions for winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 338
Precautions for using a car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 448
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 249
Refueling method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 249
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 614
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 483
Tire size/inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 625
Winter tires/tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 338
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system
*
1
. . . . . . . . . P. 483
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 559
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 459
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 459
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 615
Coping with overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 600
Headlights/front position lights/daytime running lights/
turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233, 235
Front fog lights
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Stop lights/tail lights/turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233, 235
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Rear fog light
*
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Back-up light
*
3
Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223, 230
Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Rear fog light
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Back-up light
*
4
Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223, 230
4
5
6
7
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 514, Watts: P. 627)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
*
3
: Left-hand drive vehicles
*
4
: Right-hand drive vehicles
8
9
10
11
12
13
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 15 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
16
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Instrument panel (left-hand drive vehicles)
Engine switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 209, 213
Starting the engine/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 209, 213
Emergency stop of the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 531
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 589
Warning messages
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 553
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223, 230
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223, 230
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 533
When the shift lever does not move
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 228
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98
Reading the meters/adjusting the meter light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 92
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 541
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 16 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
17
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 101, 107
If a warning message or indicator is displayed
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . P. 553
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Precautions for winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 339
Warning buzzer/message
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Headlights/front position lights/tail lights/
daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Front fog lights
*
3
/rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 480
Headlight cleaners
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 530
Hood lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 459
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 174
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 174
Heater system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 404
Air conditioning system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 409
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 404, 409
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 406, 413
Audio system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 342
Navigation/multimedia system
*
3, 4
Trip information/past record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 118
Tire pressure warning reset switch
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 486
*
1
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a Multidrive
*
3
: If equipped
*
4
: Refer to “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 17 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
18
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Switches (left-hand drive vehicles)
Type A
Type B
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 18 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
19
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Outside rear view mirror switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Headlight leveling dial
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 238
Power heater switch
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 417
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system) switch
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 258
Simple-IPA switch
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 316
Window lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
Door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
Power window switches
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
*
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 19 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
20
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Audio remote control switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 343
Paddle shift switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Telephone switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 379
Speed limiter switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 304
“DISP” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 102
Cruise control switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 299
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 109, 110
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 271
Talk switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 379
Type A
Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 20 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
21
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Sport mode switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 224
VSC OFF switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 333, 334
Stop & Start cancel switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 288
Seat heater switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 419
*
1
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation and multimedia
system Owner’s manual”.
*
2
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 21 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
22
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Interior (left-hand drive vehicles)
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 42
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 34
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 168
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 172
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 38
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 426
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 428
Rear seats
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 170
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 22 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
23
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176
Sun visors
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 437
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 437
Vanity lights
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422
Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422, 423
Panoramic roof shade switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 442
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 429
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 441
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur. (P. 72)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 23 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
24
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Instrument panel (right-hand drive vehicles)
Engine switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 209, 213
Starting the engine/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 209, 213
Emergency stop of the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 531
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 589
Warning messages
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 553
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223, 230
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223, 230
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 533
When the shift lever does not move
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 228
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98
Reading the meters/adjusting the meter light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 92
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 541
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 24 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
25
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 101, 107
If a warning message or indicator is displayed
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . P. 553
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Precautions for winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 339
Warning buzzer/message
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Headlights/front position lights/tail lights/
daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
Front fog lights
*
3
/rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 480
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 530
Hood lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 459
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 174
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 174
Heater system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 404
Air conditioning system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 409
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 404, 409
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 406, 413
Audio system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 342
Navigation/multimedia system
*
3, 4
Trip information/past record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 118
Tire pressure warning reset switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 486
*
1
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a Multidrive
*
3
: If equipped
*
4
: Refer to “Navigation and multimedia system Owners manual”.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 25 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
26
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Switches (right-hand drive vehicles)
Type A
Type B
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 26 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
27
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system) switch
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 258
Simple-IPA switch
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 316
Headlight leveling dial
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 238
Outside rear view mirror switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Window lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
Door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
Power window switches
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
*
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 27 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
28
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Audio remote control switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 343
Telephone switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 379
Speed limiter switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 304
“DISP” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 102
Cruise control switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 299
Paddle shift switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 109, 110
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 271
Talk switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 379
Type A
Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 28 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
29
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Seat heater switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 419
Sport mode switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 224
VSC OFF switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 333, 334
Stop & Start cancel switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 288
*
1
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation and multimedia
system Owner’s manual”.
*
2
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 29 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
30
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Interior (right-hand drive vehicles)
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 42
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 34
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 168
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 172
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 38
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 426
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 428
Rear seats
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 170
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 30 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
31
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176
Sun visors
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 437
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 437
Vanity lights
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422
Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422, 423
Panoramic roof shade switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 442
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 429
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 441
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur. (P. 72)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 31 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
32
Pictorial index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 32 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
33
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1-1. For safe use
Before driving.......................34
For safety drive ....................36
Seat belts.............................38
SRS airbags.........................42
Airbag manual on-off
system ...............................52
Safety information for
children ..............................54
Child restraint systems ........55
Installing child restraints ......64
Exhaust gas
precautions ........................74
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system ...............................75
Alarm ...................................87
Double locking system.........90
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 33 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
34
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1-1. For safe use
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*
: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Before driving
Floor mat
1
*
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 34 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
35
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
When installing the drivers floor mat
Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
Before driving
Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P (Multidrive) or N (manual
transmission), fully depress each pedal
to the floor to make sure it does not
interfere with the floor mat.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 35 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
36
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Adjust the angle of the
seatback so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (P. 168)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (P. 168)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (P. 172)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (P. 3 8 )
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (P. 3 8 )
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(P. 55)
For safety drive
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
1
2
Correct use of the seat belts
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 36 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
37
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside
and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P. 176, 178)
Adjusting the mirrors
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 37 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
38
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight and
well back in the seat.
Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Release button
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 38 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
39
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal or
side collision.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a minor side impact, a rear
impact or a vehicle rollover.
Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 55)
When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (P. 38)
Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated (front seats)
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
1
2
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 39 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
40
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Seat belt regulations
If seat belt regulations exist in the country where you reside, please contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for seat belt replacement or installation.
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Wearing a seat belt
Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
Always wear a seat belt properly.
Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 38)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 40 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
41
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 38)
When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that
case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats)
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 39)
Seat belt damage and wear
Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional. Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 41 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
42
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front pas-
senger from impact with interior components
SRS driver’s knee airbag (if equipped)
Can help provide driver protection
SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS front side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 42 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
43
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The main SRS airbag system components are shown above. The
SRS airbag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. As
the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the
airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occu-
pants.
SRS airbag system components
Airbag manual on-off switch
Front passenger airbag
Front side airbags
Curtain shield airbags
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indi-
cator
SRS warning light
Side impact sensors (rear)
Driver airbag
Side impact sensors (front)
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
Drivers knee airbag (if
equipped)
Front impact sensors
Airbag sensor assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 43 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
44
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 50 - 75 mm (2 - 3 in.)
of inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10 in.) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than
250 mm (10 in.) away now, you can change your driving position in sev-
eral ways:
Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 250 mm
(10 in.) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by
reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the
airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended above, while still maintain-
ing control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instru-
ment panel controls.
The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 55)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 44 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
45
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seats toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 45 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
46
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
Vehicles with an SRS driver’s knee airbag: If a vinyl cover is put on the
area where the SRS drivers knee airbag will deploy, be sure to remove it.
Vehicles without an SRS drivers knee
airbag: Do not attach anything to or lean
anything against areas such as the
dashboard or steering wheel pad.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver and front passen-
ger airbags deploy.
Vehicles with an SRS driver’s knee
airbag: Do not attach anything to or lean
anything against areas such as the
dashboard, steering wheel pad, lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and drivers knee airbag deploy.
Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield, side door glass,
front or rear pillar, roof side rail and
assist grip. (Except for the speed limit
label P. 577)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start
system and with a driver’s knee airbag:
Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard
objects such as keys and accessories
to the key. The objects may restrict the
SRS drivers knee airbag inflation or be
thrust into the driver’s seat area by the
force of the deploying airbag, thus caus-
ing a danger.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 46 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
47
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags. Such
accessories may prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, disable
the system or cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in
death or serious injury.
Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS
airbag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS
airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows or
winches
Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios (RF-trans-
mitter) and CD players
Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 47 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
48
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
The windshield may crack.
SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 20 -
30 km/h [12 - 18 mph] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will activate.
SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 1500 kg [3300 lb.] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 20 - 30 km/h [12 - 18 mph]).
The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of a severe frontal
collision.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 48 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
49
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy if a
serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are
shown in the illustration.
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front
airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and
curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
Landing hard or falling
Collision from the side
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
Collision from the side at an angle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 49 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
50
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side
collision.
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side
or low-speed frontal collision.
When to contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional as soon as possible.
Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
Collision from the front
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 50 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
51
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged or deformed, or the
vehicle was involved in an accident that
was not severe enough to cause the
SRS side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.
Vehicles without an SRS driver’s knee
airbag: The pad section of the steering
wheel or dashboard near the front pas-
senger airbag is scratched, cracked, or
otherwise damaged.
Vehicles with an SRS drivers knee
airbag: The pad section of the steering
wheel, dashboard near the front passen-
ger airbag or lower portion of the instru-
ment panel is scratched, cracked, or
otherwise damaged.
The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 51 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
52
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indi-
cator
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: The “PASSENGER
AIR BAG” and “ON” indicator light
turns on when the airbag system is
on, and about after 60 seconds
they go off (only when the engine
switch is in the “ON” position).
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system: The “PASSENGER AIR
BAG” and “ON” indicator light turns
on when the airbag system is on,
and about after 60 seconds they go
off (only when the engine switch is
in IGNITION ON mode).
Airbag manual on-off switch
Airbag manual on-off system
This system deactivates the front passenger airbag.
Only deactivate the airbag when using a child restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 52 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
53
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: Insert the key into
the cylinder and turn it to the
“OFF” position.
The “OFF” indicator light turns on
(only when the engine switch is in
the “ON” position).
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system: Insert the mechanical key
into the cylinder and turn it to the
“OFF” position.
The “OFF” indicator light turns on (only when the engine switch is in IGNI-
TION ON mode).
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indicator information
If any of the following problems occur, it is possible that there is a malfunction
in the system. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Neither “ON” nor “OFF” comes on.
The indicator light does not change when the airbag manual on-off switch is
switched to “ON” or “OFF”.
Deactivating the front seat passenger airbag
WARNING
When installing a child restraint system
For safety reasons, always install a child restraint system in a rear seat. In
the event that the rear seat cannot be used, the front seat can be used as
long as the airbag manual on-off system is set to “OFF”.
If the airbag manual on-off system is left on, the strong impact of the airbag
deployment (inflation) may cause serious injury or even death.
When a child restraint system is not installed on the front passenger
seat
Ensure that the airbag manual on-off system is set to “ON”.
If it is left off, the airbag may not deploy in the event of an accident, which
may result in serious injury or even death.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 53 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
54
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci-
dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch, etc.
Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally.
Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door,
seats, etc.
Safety information for children
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 54 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
55
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child
restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(P. 64)
If child restraint system regulations exist in the country where you
reside, please contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional for the child
restraint system installation.
Toyota recommends that you use a child restraint system which
conforms to the regulation ECE No.44.
Child restraint systems
Toyota strongly urges the use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 55 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
56
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 5 groups
according to the regulation ECE No.44:
Group 0: Up to 10 kg (22 lb.) (0 - 9 months)
Group 0
+
: Up to 13 kg (28 lb.) (0 - 2 years)
Group I: 9 to 18 kg (20 to 39 lb.) (9 months - 4 years)
Group II: 15 to 25 kg (34 to 55 lb.) (4 years - 7 years)
Group III: 22 to 36 kg (49 to 79 lb.) (6 years - 12 years)
In this owner’s manual, the following 3 types of popular child restraint
systems that can be secured with the seat belts are explained:
Types of child restraints
Baby seat
Child seat
Equal to Group 0 and 0
+
of ECE
No.44
Equal to Group 0
+
and I of ECE
No.44
Junior seat
Equal to Group II and III of ECE
No.44
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 56 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
57
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Information provided in the table shows your child restraint system
suitability for various seating positions.
Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 57 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
58
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
U: Suitable for “universal” category child restraint system approved
for the use in this mass group.
UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category child restraint
system approved for the use in this mass group.
L1: Suitable for “TOYOTA G 0
+
, BABY SAFE PLUS with SEAT BELT
FIXATION, BASE PLATFORM” (0 to 13 kg [0 to 28 lb.]) approved
for the use in this mass group.
L2: Suitable for “TOYOTA KIDFIX” (15 to 36 kg [34 to 79 lb.])
approved for the use in this mass group.
X: Not suitable seat position for children in this mass group.
*
1
: Adjust the front seatback to the most upright position. Move the front seat
cushion to the fully rearward.
Remove the head restraint if it interferes with your child restraint system.
Vehicles with a vertical height adjustment lever: Adjust the seat cushion to
the highest position.
Follow these procedures
For installing a baby seat with support base
If the baby seat interferes with the seatback when latching the baby seat
into the support base, adjust the seatback rearward until there is no
interference.
For installing a forward-facing child seat
If the seat belt shoulder anchor is ahead of the child seat belt guide,
move the seat cushion forward.
For installing a junior seat
If the child in your child restraint system is in a very upright position,
adjust the seatback to the most comfortable position.
If the seat belt shoulder anchor is ahead of the child seat belt guide,
move the seat cushion forward.
*
2
: Remove the head restraint if it interferes with your child restraint system.
The child restraint system mentioned in the table may not be available
outside of the EU area.
Other child restraint system which is different from the system men-
tioned in the table can be used, but the suitability of the systems must
be carefully checked with the child restraint system manufacturer con-
cerned and the seller of those seats.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 58 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
59
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Information provided in the table shows your child restraint system
suitability for various seating positions.
Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
(with ISOFIX rigid anchors)
Mass groups
Size
class
Fixture
Vehicle ISOFIX
positions
Recommended
Child Restraint
Systems
Rear outboard
Carrycot
FISO/L1 X -
GISO/L2 X -
(1) X -
0
Up to 10 kg
(22 lb.)
(0 - 9 months)
EISO/R1 IL
“TOYOTA MINI”,
“TOYOTA MIDI”
(1) X -
0
+
Up to 13 kg
(28 lb.)
(0 - 2 years)
EISO/R1 IL
“TOYOTA MINI”,
“TOYOTA MIDI”
DISO/R2 IL
CISO/R3 IL
(1) X -
I
9 to 18 kg
(20 to 39 lb.)
(9 months
- 4 years)
DISO/R2 IL
-
CISO/R3 IL
BISO/F2 IUF
*
, IL
*
“TOYOTA MIDI”,
“TOYOTA DUO+”
B1 ISO/F2X IUF
*
, IL
*
AISO/F3 IUF
*
, IL
*
(1) X -
II, III
15 to 36 kg
(34 to 79 lb.)
(4 - 12 years)
(1) X -
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 59 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
60
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
(1) For the child restraint system which do not carry the ISO/XX size
class identification (A to G), for the applicable mass group, the
car manufacturer shall indicate the vehicle specific ISOFIX child
restraint system(s) recommended for each position.
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward-facing child restraint systems of uni-
versal category approved for use in this mass group.
IL: Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems of the categories for
“specific vehicles”, “restricted”, or “semi-universal”, approved for
use in this mass group.
X: ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in
this mass group and/or this size class.
*
: Remove the head restraint if it interferes with your child restraint system.
When using a “TOYOTA MINI” or “TOYOTA MIDI”, adjust the support
leg and the ISOFIX connectors as follows:
Lock the support leg where 5th
hole can be seen.
Lock the ISOFIX connectors
where numbers 4 and 5 can be
seen.
When using the right side seat for the child restraint system, do not sit
in the center seat.
The child restraint system mentioned in the table may not be available
outside of the EU area.
Other child restraint systems different from the systems mentioned in
the table can be used, but the suitability of the systems must be care-
fully checked with the child restraint system manufacturer and retailer.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 60 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
61
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat
When you have to use a child restraint system on the front passenger seat,
adjust the following:
Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes
large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat
and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 38)
The seatback to the most upright posi-
tion.
If the child restraint system interferes
with the seatback when latching the
child restraint system into the support
base, adjust the seatback rearward until
there is no interference.
Remove the head restraint if it interferes
with your child restraint system.
Move the seat as far back as possible.
If the CRS cannot be installed properly,
due to hitting part of the vehicle interior
and so forth, adjust the position of the
front seat and its seatback angle.
If the seat belt shoulder anchor is ahead
of the child seat belt guide, move the
seat cushion forward.
Vehicles with a vertical height adjust-
ment lever: Adjust the seat cushion to
the highest position.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 61 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
62
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Using a child restraint system
The use of a child restraint system not suitable for the vehicle may not prop-
erly secure the infant or child. It may result in death or serious injury (in the
event of sudden braking or an accident).
Child restraint precautions
For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
Never use a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat
when the airbag manual on-off switch is on. (P. 52)
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.
A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas-
senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top strap should not be used in the front passenger seat since
there is no top strap anchor for the front passenger seat. Adjust the
seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as far back as
possible because the front passenger airbag could inflate with consider-
able speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously
injured.
Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 62 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
63
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
When the child restraint system is not in use
Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. If a head restraint
was removed when installing a child restraint system, always install the
head restraint before driving. This will prevent it from injuring passengers
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 63 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
64
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Seat belts (An ELR belt requires a
locking clip)
ISOFIX rigid anchors
Lower anchors are provided for the
outboard rear seats. (Labels dis-
playing the location of the anchors
are attached to the seats.)
Anchor brackets (for top strap)
An anchor bracket is provided for
each outer rear seat.
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturers instructions.
Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using a seat belt or
ISOFIX rigid anchors. Attach the top strap when installing a child
restraint.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 64 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
65
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Rear-facing Baby seat/child seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat facing
the rear of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Install a locking clip near the
tab of the lap and shoulder
belt by inserting the lap and
shoulder webbing through
the recesses of the locking
clip. Buckle the belt again. If
the belt has any slack,
release the buckle and rein-
stall the locking clip.
Installing child restraints using a seat belt
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 65 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
66
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Forward-facing Child seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
If your child restraint system
interferes with a head restraint
and cannot be installed properly,
install the child restraint system
after removing the head
restraint. (P. 172)
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Install a locking clip near the
tab of the lap and shoulder
belt by inserting the lap and
shoulder webbing through
the recesses of the locking
clip. Buckle the belt again. If
the belt has any slack,
release the buckle and rein-
stall the locking clip.
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 66 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
67
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Junior seat
Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot
be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the
head restraint. (P. 172)
Sit the child in the child
restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys-
tem according to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (P. 38)
1
High back type
Booster type
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 67 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
68
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 68 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
69
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Adjust the head restraint to the
uppermost position.
If your child restraint system inter-
feres with a head restraint and can-
not be installed properly, install the
child restraint system after remov-
ing the head restraint. (P. 172)
If the child restraint has a top strap, remove the luggage cover.
(P. 435)
Latch the buckles onto the exclusive fixing bars.
Insert the ISOFIX connectors
into the gap until they latch onto
the exclusive fixing bars.
If the child restraint has a top strap, the top strap should be latched onto
the anchor bracket.
Run the top strap under the head restraint.
Installation with ISOFIX rigid anchors
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 69 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
70
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Adjust the head restraint to the
uppermost position.
If your child restraint system inter-
feres with a head restraint and can-
not be installed properly, install the
child restraint system after remov-
ing the head restraint. (P. 172)
Secure the child restraint sys-
tem using the seat belt or
ISOFIX rigid anchors.
Remove the luggage cover. (P. 435)
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
strap.
Run the top strap under the head
restraint.
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched.
Child restraint systems with a top strap
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 70 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
71
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When installing a child restraint system
You need a locking clip to install the child restraint system. Follow the instruc-
tions provided by the manufacturer of the system. If your child restraint sys-
tem does not provide a locking clip, you can purchase the following item from
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional:
Locking clip for child restraint system
(Part No. 73119-22010)
WARNING
When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of a sudden
braking or an accident.
If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
rear seat (left-hand drive vehicles) or
the left-hand rear seat (right-hand drive
vehicles).
Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
Only put a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front seat when unavoid-
able.
When installing a forward-facing child
restraint system on the front passenger
seat, move the seat as far back as pos-
sible and remove the head restraint.
Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury if the airbags deploy
(inflate).
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 71 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
72
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When installing a child restraint system
Never use a rear-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat
when the airbag manual on-off switch is
on. (P. 52)
The force of the rapid inflation of the
front passenger airbag can cause death
or serious injury to children in the event
of an accident.
There is a label(s) on the passenger
side sun visor, indicating it is forbidden
to attach a rear-facing child restraint
system to the front passenger seat.
Details of the label(s) are shown in the
illustration below.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 72 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
73
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When installing a child restraint system
If child restraint system regulations exist in the country where you reside,
please contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional for the child restraint system installa-
tion.
When a junior seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the lower anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached,
or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in
the event of a sudden braking or an accident.
When the child restraint system is not in use
If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. If a head restraint
was removed when installing a child restraint system, always install the
head restraint before driving. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in
the event of a sudden stop or accident.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 73 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
74
1-1. For safe use
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to
an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
Important points while driving
Keep the back door closed.
If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door is
closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected at any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional as soon as possible.
When parking
If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 74 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
75
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system:
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed from
the engine switch to indicate that
the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been
inserted into the engine switch to
indicate that the system has been
canceled.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off
to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the
system has been canceled.
Engine immobilizer system
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 75 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
76
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 76 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
77
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Certification for the engine immobilizer system
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 77 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
78
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 78 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
79
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 79 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
80
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 80 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
81
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 81 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
82
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 82 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
83
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 83 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
84
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 84 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
85
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 85 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
86
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 86 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
87
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is
detected.
The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is
set:
A locked door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using
the entry function (if equipped) or wireless remote control. (The
doors will lock again automatically.)
The hood is opened.
Close the doors and hood, and
lock all the doors using the entry
function (if equipped) or wireless
remote control. The system will be
set automatically after 30 sec-
onds.
The indicator light changes from
being on to flashing when the sys-
tem is set.
Alarm
: If equipped
The alarm
Setting the alarm system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 87 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
88
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarm:
Unlock the doors using the entry function (if equipped) or wireless
remote control.
Start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a
few seconds.)
System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system.
Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of
the following:
Nobody is in the vehicle.
The windows are closed before the alarm is set.
No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
Deactivating or stopping the alarm
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 88 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
89
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
Alarm-operated door lock
In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may automatically
lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle:
When a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is
activated.
While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the
door.
When recharging or replacing the battery
The doors are unlocked using the key.
A person inside the vehicle opens a door
or the hood.
The battery is recharged or replaced
when the vehicle is locked. (P. 598)
NOTICE
To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 89 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
90
1-2. Theft deterrent system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles employing this system
have labels on the window glass
of both front doors.
Turn the engine switch off, have all the passengers exit the vehicle
and ensure that all the doors are closed.
Using the entry function (if equipped):
Touch the sensor area on the outside door handle twice within 5
seconds.
Using the wireless remote control:
Press twice within 5 seconds.
Using the entry function (if equipped): Hold the outside door handle.
Using the wireless remote control: Press .
Double locking system (right-hand drive
vehicles only)
Unauthorized access to the vehicle is prevented by disabling the
door unlocking function from both the interior and exterior of
the vehicle.
Setting the double locking system
Canceling the double locking system
WARNING
Double locking system precaution
Never activate the double locking system when there are people in the vehi-
cle because all the doors cannot be opened from inside the vehicle.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 90 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
91
2
Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators ...........................92
Gauges and meters .............98
Multi-information display
(3-ring meter)...................101
Multi-information display
(2-ring meter)...................107
Fuel consumption
information.......................118
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 91 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
92
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2. Instrument cluster
3-ring meter
2-ring meter
The units used on the speedometer and some indicators may differ
depending on the target region.
Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and
center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s vari-
ous systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration dis-
plays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 92 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
93
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
*
1
Brake system warning
light (P. 541)
(Yellow)
(if equipped)
Speed limiter indicator
(P. 542)
*
1
(if equipped)
Charging system warn-
ing light (P. 541)
*
1
Slip indicator (P. 543)
*
1
(if equipped)
Low engine oil pressure
warning light (P. 541)
*
1, 2
(if equipped)
PCS warning light
(P. 543)
*
1
(if equipped)
High engine coolant
temperature warning
light (P. 541)
*
1, 2
(if equipped)
Stop & Start cancel indi-
cator (P. 543)
*
1
Malfunction indicator
lamp (P. 542)
*
1
(if equipped)
Fuel filter warning light
(P. 544)
*
1
SRS warning light
(P. 542)
*
1
(if equipped)
Low engine oil level
warning light (P. 544)
*
1
ABS warning light
(P. 542)
*
1
(if equipped)
Engine oil change
reminder light (P. 544)
*
1
Electric power steering
system warning light
(P. 542)
*
1
(if equipped)
DPF system warning
light (P. 544)
(Yellow)
(if equipped)
Cruise control indicator
(P. 542)
(if equipped)
Open door warning light
(P. 545)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 93 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
94
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: These lights, except those shown on the multi-information display, turn on
when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart entry & start system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
entry & start system) to indicate that a system check is being performed.
They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or turn off.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
*
2
: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*
3
: The light flashes quickly to indicate that the steering lock has not been
released.
*
4
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
3
(Green)
(if equipped)
Smart entry & start sys-
tem indicator (P. 213)
*
4
(if equipped)
Rear passengers’ seat
belt reminder lights
(P. 545)
(Yellow)
(if equipped)
Smart entry & start sys-
tem indicator (P. 545)
*
1
(if equipped)
Tire pressure warning
light (P. 546)
Low fuel level warning
light (P. 545)
*
1
(if equipped)
Master warning light
(P. 546)
Drivers and front pas-
sengers seat belt
reminder light (P. 545)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 94 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
95
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(P. 233)
(if equipped)
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) indicator
(P. 271)
(if equipped)
Tail light indicator
(P. 235)
(if equipped)
Toyota parking
assist-sensor indicator
(P. 308)
Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 235)
(if equipped)
Simple-IPA indicator
(P. 315)
*
1
(if equipped)
Automatic High Beam
indicator (P. 276)
*
1
(if equipped)
“TRC OFF” indicator
(P. 333)
(if equipped)
Front fog light indicator
(P. 241)
*
1, 2
Slip indicator
(P. 333)
Rear fog light indicator
(P. 241)
*
1
VSC OFF indicator
(P. 333)
(Green)
(if equipped)
Cruise control indicator
(P. 299)
*
1
(if equipped)
PCS warning light
(P. 258)
(if equipped)
Cruise control “SET”
indicator (P. 299)
*
1
(if equipped)
Stop & Start indicator
(P. 286)
(Green)
(if equipped)
Speed limiter indicator
(P. 304)
*
1
(if equipped)
Stop & Start cancel indi-
cator (P. 286)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 95 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
96
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: These lights, except those shown on the multi-information display, turn on
when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart entry & start system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
entry & start system) to indicate that a system check is being performed.
They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or turn off.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
*
2
: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*
3
: Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
*
4
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
*
5
: The light does not turn on when the system is disabled.
*
6
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
7
: When the outside temperature is approximately 3°C (37°F) or lower, the
indicator will flash for approximately 10 seconds, then stay on.
*
1, 3
(if equipped)
Gear Shift Indicator
(P. 231)
(if equipped)
Engine preheating indi-
cator (P. 209, 213)
*
4
(if equipped)
Gear Shift Indicator
(P. 231)
(Green)
(if equipped)
Smart entry & start sys-
tem indicator (P. 213)
*
1, 5
(if equipped)
Eco Driving Indicator
Light (P. 105, 115)
*
7
(if equipped)
Low outside tempera-
ture indicator (P. 98)
*
6
Security indicator
(P. 75, 87)
*
1, 6
“PASSENGER AIR
BAG” indicator (P. 52)
(if equipped)
“SPORT” indicator
(P. 224)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 96 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
97
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
WARNING
If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning light not
come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are
not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death
or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
immediately if this occurs.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 97 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
98
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3-ring meter
2-ring meter
Gauges and meters
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 98 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
99
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°C (-40°F) to 50°C
(122°F).
2-ring meter: Low outside temperature indicator comes on when the ambi-
ent temperature is 3°C (37°F) or lower.
Shift position and gear position indicator (if equipped)
P. 223
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
3-ring meter (vehicles with a Multidrive): When the average fuel economy
is displayed, the Eco Driving Indicator zone display (P. 105) will be dis-
played instead of the engine coolant temperature gauge.
Multi-information display
P. 101, 107
Display change switch
Changes the item displayed on the multi-information display.
The “DISP” switch on the steering wheel can also be used to change the
item displayed on the multi-information display.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 99 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
100
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The meters and display illuminate when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 15 km/h [9 mph])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
If “” is displayed continuously, the system may be malfunctioning. Take
your vehicle to any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and its components
Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
In the following situations, the engine may be overheating. In this case,
immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the engine after it
has cooled completely. (P. 600)
3-ring meter: The high engine coolant temperature warning light comes
on
2-ring meter: The engine coolant temperature gauge enters the red
zone
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 100 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
101
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of driv-
ing-related data, such as the current outside temperature.
Engine coolant temperature
gauge (P. 98)
Outside temperature (P. 98 )
Shift position and gear position
indicator (if equipped)
(P. 223)
Trip information/Drive informa-
tion/Meter light control
(P. 102)
Displays the following items:
•Odometer
•Trip meter
Stop & Start system operation time (if equipped)
Stop & Start system total operation time (if equipped)
Average fuel consumption
Driving range
Meter light control
Display customization (P. 104)
Eco Driving Indicator Light (if equipped)
Stop & Start system operation time (if equipped)
Multi-information display (3-ring meter)
Display content
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 101 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
102
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Changing the display
To change the displayed item,
press the display change switch
or the “DISP” switch.
Each time the switch is pressed,
the displayed item will be
changed.
Display items
Odometer
” will be displayed.
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter A/trip meter B
”/“ ” will be displayed.
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter
was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and dis-
play different distances independently.
To reset, display the desired trip meter and press and hold the display
change switch or the “DISP” switch.
Stop & Start system operation time (if equipped)
” will be displayed.
Displays the amount of time the engine was stopped due to the
operation of the Stop & Start system during the current trip (from
when the engine was started until it is turned off).
Stop & Start system total operation time (if equipped)
” will be displayed.
Displays the total amount of time that the engine has been stopped
due to the operation of the Stop & Start system since the meter was
last reset.
To reset, display the Stop & Start system total operation time and press
and hold the display change switch or the “DISP” switch.
Trip information/Drive information/Meter light control
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 102 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
103
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Average fuel consumption
” will be displayed.
Displays the average fuel consumption since the function was
reset.
To reset, display the average fuel consumption and press and hold the
display change switch or the “DISP” switch.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: When the display is changed to the average
fuel economy display, the Eco Driving Indicator zone display (P. 105)
will be displayed instead of the engine coolant temperature gauge.
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
Driving range
” will be displayed.
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
Meter light control display
Displays the meter light control display.
The meter light control display can only be displayed when the tail lights
are on.
The brightness of the meters can only be adjusted when the tail lights
are on.
To adjust the brightness, display the meter light control display and
press and hold the display change switch or the “DISP” switch.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 103 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
104
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The following display items can be customized:
Customizable items
Eco Driving Indicator Light (if equipped)
Can be enabled or disabled
Stop & Start system operation time pop-up display (if
equipped)
Current Stop & Start system operation time can be enabled or dis-
abled.
Customizing the display
To change to the customizing mode screen, display the odometer
and then press and hold the display change switch or the “DISP”
switch for 5 seconds or more.
To change the setting, press the display change switch or the
“DISP” switch.
Each time the switch is pressed, the setting will be changed.
After customization, press the display change switch or “DISP”
switch for 2 seconds or more to return to the odometer.
Display customization
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 104 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
105
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Eco Driving Indicator (if equipped)
Eco Driving Indicator will not operate under the following conditions:
The shift lever is in any position other than D.
A paddle shift switch (if equipped) is operated.
Sport mode is selected.
The vehicle speed is approximately 130 km/h (80 mph) or higher.
Stop & Start system operation time pop-up display (if equipped)
When enabled (P. 104), the current Stop & Start system operation time will
be displayed on the multi-information display.
Eco Driving Indicator Light
During Eco-friendly acceleration (Eco
driving), the Eco Driving Indicator Light
will turn on. When the acceleration
exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, or
when the vehicle is stopped, the light
turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Suggests the Zone of Eco driving with
current Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration.
Eco driving ratio based on acceleration
If the acceleration exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, the right side of the
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display blinks and the Eco Driving Indicator
light will turn off.
Zone of Eco driving
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 105 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
106
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Brightness of the meters
When the tail lights are turned on, the brightness will be reduced slightly
unless the meters are set to the maximum brightness level.
When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The following information data will be reset:
Average fuel consumption
Driving range
Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
WARNING
Caution for use while driving
When operating the multi-information display while driving, pay extra
attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle.
Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as
you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the
vehicle.
The display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the display. At
extremely low temperatures, the display monitor may respond slowly, and
display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 106 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
107
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of driv-
ing-related data, such as the current outside temperature. The multi-
information display can also be used to change the display settings
and other settings.
Outside temperature (P. 98 )
Shift position and gear position
indicator (if equipped)
(P. 223)
Pop-up display
In some situations a warning
message or the operation sta-
tus of a system will be tempo-
rarily displayed on the multi-
information display.
On some models: Some pop-up displays can be set on/off. (P. 113)
Trip information/Distance until next engine oil change (P. 109)
Displays the following items:
•Odometer
•Trip meter
Distance until next engine oil change (if equipped)
Multi-information display (2-ring meter)
Display content
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 107 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
108
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Menu icons (P. 110)
Select a menu icon to display its content.
To display the menu icons, press the or switch on the
steering wheel.
Drive information (P. 111 )
Select to display various drive data.
Navigation system-linked display (if equipped)
Select to display the following navigation system-linked information.
Route guidance
Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display)
Audio system-linked display (if equipped)
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter
using the meter control switches.
Driving assist system information (if equipped)
Select to display the operational status of the following systems:
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) (P. 271)
RSA (Road Sign Assist) (P. 280)
Warning message display (P. 553)
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected.
Settings display (P. 11 3 )
Select to change the meter display settings and other settings.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 108 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
109
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Changing the display
To change the displayed item,
press the “TRIP” switch.
Each time the switch is pressed,
the displayed item will be
changed.
Display items
Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter A/trip meter B
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter
was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and dis-
play different distances independently.
To reset, display the desired trip meter and press and hold the “TRIP”
switch.
Distance until next engine oil change (if equipped)
Displays the distance the vehicle can be driven until an oil change
is necessary.
The distance until the next engine oil change will also be displayed in
the following situations:
When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles with-
out a smart entry & start system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart entry & start system).
When a warning message indicating that oil maintenance should be
performed soon or is required is displayed.
Resetting: P. 472
Trip information/Distance until next engine oil change
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 109 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
110
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Operating the meter control switches
The multi-information display is operated using the meter control
switches.
: Display the menu
icons/select menu
icons
: Change displayed
item, scroll up/down
the screen and
move the cursor up/
down
Press: Enter/Set
Press and hold: Reset
Return to the previous screen
Menu icons
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 110 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
111
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Drive information
Drive information 1/Drive information 2/Drive information 3
Displays drive information such as the following:
Drive information 1
Current fuel consumption (gauge display)
Average fuel economy (after reset)
Drive information 2
Distance (driving range)
Average vehicle speed (after reset)
Drive information 3 (if equipped)
Stop & Start system operation time (after start)
Stop & Start system operation time (after reset)
Displayed items (listed below) can be changed on the settings dis-
play. (P. 113)
Item Content
Current fuel con-
sumption
(gauge display)
Displays the current rate of fuel consump-
tion on a gauge display
Current fuel con-
sumption
(numeric display)
Displays the current rate of fuel consump-
tion as a number
Average fuel
economy
(after reset)
Displays average fuel consumption since
display reset
*
2, 3
Average fuel
economy
(after start)
Displays average fuel consumption since
engine start
*
3
Average fuel
economy
(after refuel)
Displays average fuel consumption since
refuel
*
3, 4
Stop & Start sys-
tem operation time
(after reset)
*
1
Displays the total amount of time the engine
has been stopped due to the operation of
the Stop & Start system since the system
was last reset
*
2
Stop & Start sys-
tem operation time
(after start)
*
1
Displays the amount of time the engine has
been stopped due to the operation of the
Stop & Start system since the engine was
started
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 111 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
112
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Values that can be reset will be displayed with a circle ( ) in the upper
right corner.
To reset, display the desired item and press and hold switch. If both
displayed items are resettable, a reset selection screen will appear.
*
3
: Use the displayed fuel consumption as a reference.
*
4
: When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may not
be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without
turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
*
5
: This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a
result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
Eco Driving Indicator (if equipped)
P. 11 5
Digital speedometer
Displays vehicle speed as a number.
Average vehicle
speed (after reset)
Displays average vehicle speed since dis-
play reset
*
2
Average vehicle
speed (after start)
Displays average vehicle speed since
engine start
Elapsed time
(after reset)
Displays elapsed time since display reset
*
2
Elapsed time
(after start)
Displays elapsed time since engine start
Distance
(driving range)
Displays driving range with remaining
fuel
*
4, 5
Distance
(after start)
Displays drive distance since vehicle start
Blank No item
Item Content
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 112 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
113
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Settings display
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) warning sensitivity (if
equipped)
LDA warning sensitivity can be set to 2 different levels.
Toyota parking assist-sensor (if equipped)
Select to activate/deactivate the Toyota parking assist-sensor sys-
tem.
RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped)
Select to activate/deactivate the RSA system.
Meter light control
Select to adjust the brightness of the meters when in night mode
*
.
*
: Night mode: P. 11 6
Other settings
Select to change the following settings:
RSA (Road Sign Assist) setting (if equipped)
Notification method (excess speed/other warnings)
Select to change the notification method of the following warn-
ings to no notification/display only/display and buzzer.
Excess speed warning:
Warns the driver if the vehicle exceeds the speed displayed on
the speed limit sign on the multi-information display.
Other warnings:
Warns the driver if the system determines that the vehicle is
overtaking when a no overtaking sign is displayed on the multi-
information display.
Excess speed notification level
Select to set the speed threshold over which the excess speed
warning starts to operate when a speed limit sign is displayed
on the multi-information display.
Stop & Start system setting (if equipped)
The length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the
“A/C” switch of the air conditioning system is on can be set to 2
different levels.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 113 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
114
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Units
Select to change the units of measure displayed on the multi-
information display.
Eco Driving Indicator Light (if equipped)
Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light.
Drive information 1/Drive information 2/Drive information 3
Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on the Drive
information 1 screen, Drive information 2 screen and Drive infor-
mation 3 screen (if equipped) respectively. (P. 111 )
Pop-up display
Select to set the following pop-up displays on/off.
Incoming call display of the hands-free phone system (if
equipped)
Route guidance display of the navigation system-linked sys-
tem (if equipped)
Stop & Start system (if equipped)
Initialization
Select to reset the meter display settings. (P. 631)
Language
Select to change the language on the display.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 114 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
115
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Eco Driving Indicator (if equipped)
Eco Driving Indicator will not operate under the following conditions:
The shift lever is in any position other than D.
A paddle shift switch (if equipped) is operated.
Sport mode is selected.
The vehicle speed is approximately 130 km/h (80 mph) or higher.
Stop & Start system information pop-up display (if equipped)
In some situations the following Stop & Start system information will be tem-
porarily displayed on the multi-information display:
Current Stop & Start system operation time
Stop & Start operational status messages (P. 294)
Eco Driving Indicator Light
During Eco-friendly acceleration (Eco
driving), the Eco Driving Indicator Light
will turn on. When the acceleration
exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, or
when the vehicle is stopped, the light
turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Suggests the Zone of Eco driving with current Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration.
Eco driving ratio based on acceleration
The number of green segments displayed on the Eco Driving Indicator
Zone Display decreases/increases depending on the acceleration.
If the acceleration exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, all of the green seg-
ments will disappear and the Eco Driving Indicator light will turn off.
Zone of Eco driving
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 115 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
116
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Brightness of the meters (day mode and night mode)
The brightness of the meters is changed between day mode and night
mode.
Vehicles without automatic light control system
Day mode: When the tail lights are off
Night mode: When the tail lights are on
Vehicles with automatic light control system
Day mode: When the tail lights are off or when the tail lights are on but
the surrounding area is bright
Night mode: When the tail lights are on and the surrounding area is dark
When in night mode, the brightness will be reduced slightly unless the
meters are set to the maximum brightness level.
Suspension of the settings display
While driving, the multi-information display cannot be changed to setting
mode. Before changing the settings, stop the vehicle in a safe place.
In the following situations, operation of some of the settings display may be
temporarily suspended.
When a warning message appears on the multi-information display
When the vehicle begins to move
When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The drive information data
*
will be reset.
*
: Except Stop & Start system operation time
Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
Ending display
When the engine switch is turned off, the following information about the cur-
rent trip will be temporarily displayed on the multi-information display.
Elapsed time (after start)
Distance (after start)
Average fuel economy (after start)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 116 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
117
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
WARNING
Caution for use while driving
When operating the multi-information display while driving, pay extra
attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle.
Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as
you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the
vehicle.
The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
While setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 117 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
118
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Navigation/multimedia system
Fuel consumption information
: If equipped
Fuel consumption information can be displayed on the naviga-
tion/multimedia system.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 118 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
119
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
2
Instrument cluster
Press the “CAR” button on the
navigation/multimedia system.
Select “Trip information”.
Trip information screen
Average vehicle speed since
the engine was started.
Cruising range (P. 120)
Fuel consumption in the past
15 minutes
Elapsed time since the
engine was started.
Resetting the consumption
data
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by
color into past averages and averages attained since the engine
switch was last turned to the “ON” position. Use the displayed aver-
age fuel consumption as a reference.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by
color into past averages and averages attained since the engine
switch was last turned to IGNITION ON mode. Use the displayed
average fuel consumption as a reference.
The image is an example only.
Trip information
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 119 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
120
2. Instrument cluster
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press the “CAR” button on the
navigation/multimedia system.
Select “Past record”.
Past record screen
Best recorded fuel consump-
tion
Previous fuel consumption
record
Average fuel consumption
Updating the average fuel
consumption data
Resetting the past record
data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past
averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated.
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
The image is an example only.
Updating the past record data
Update the average fuel consumption by selecting “Update” to measure the
current fuel consumption again.
Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear”.
Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
Past record
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 120 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
121
3
Operation of
each component
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3-1. Key information
Keys...................................122
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors..........................134
Back door...........................140
Smart entry & start
system .............................145
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats.........................168
Rear seats .........................170
Head restraints ..................172
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel...................174
Inside rear view mirror .......176
Outside rear view
mirrors .............................178
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows..................181
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 121 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
122
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3-1. Key information
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system (type A)
Keys
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function (P. 123)
Key number plate
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system (type B)
Key (with a wireless remote
control function)
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function (P. 123)
Key (without a wireless remote
control function)
Key number plate
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Electronic keys
Operating the smart entry &
start system (P. 145)
Operating the wireless remote
control function (P. 123)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
Keys
The keys
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 122 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
123
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Locks all the doors (P. 134)
Unlocks the back door
(P. 140)
Unlocks all the doors (P. 134)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Locks all the doors (P. 134)
Unlocks all the doors (P. 134)
Wireless remote control
1
2
3
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 123 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
124
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Releasing
To release the key, press the but-
ton.
Folding
To stow the key, press the button
then fold the key.
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and re-
attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat-
tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (P. 591)
If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer,
or another duly qualified and equipped professional using the other key (vehi-
cles without a smart entry & start system) or mechanical key (vehicles with a
smart entry & start system) and the key number stamped on your key number
plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
Using the key (vehicles without a smart entry & start system)
1
2
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart entry & start
system)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 124 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
125
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag, etc., ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
Conditions affecting the operation of the smart entry & start system or
wireless remote control
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations:
When the wireless key battery is depleted
Near a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other facility
that generates strong radio waves
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communi-
cation devices
When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object
When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a
personal computer
If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
P. 149
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 125 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
126
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Key battery depletion
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be
depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (P. 505)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine
stops. (P. 547)
As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (P. 505)
The smart entry & start system or the wireless remote control does not
operate.
The detection area becomes smaller.
The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 1 m (3
ft.) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
Personal computers
Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
Table lamps
Induction cookers
When the key battery is fully depleted
P. 505
Confirmation of the registered key number (vehicles with a smart entry &
start system)
The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for details.
If a wrong key is used (except left-hand drive vehicles without a smart
entry & start system)
The key cylinder rotates freely, isolated from the internal mechanism.
Customization
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 630)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 126 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
127
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Certification for the wireless remote control
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
P. 152
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 127 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
128
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 128 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
129
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 129 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
130
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 130 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
131
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 131 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
132
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 132 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
133
3-1. Key information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
NOTICE
To prevent key damage
Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc.
Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
Do not disassemble the keys.
Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key
and key (with a wireless remote control function).
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Do not place the keys near
objects that produce magnetic fields, such as TVs, audio systems and
induction cookers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency
therapy equipment.
Carrying the electronic key on your person (vehicles with a smart entry
& start system)
Carry the electronic key 10 cm (3.9 in.) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 10 cm (3.9 in.) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
In case of a smart entry & start system malfunction or other key-related
problems (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
When an electronic key is lost (vehicles with a smart entry & start sys-
tem)
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that was provided with your vehicle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 133 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
134
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Entry function (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Grip the front door handle to
unlock all the doors.
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
Touch the lock sensor (the
indentation on the side of the
front door handle) to lock all
the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
Wireless remote control
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Unlocks all the doors
Side doors
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 134 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
135
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Unlocks all the doors
Key
Turning the key operates the doors as follows:
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical
key. (P. 591)
Operation signals
The emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/
unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control. (Locked: Once;
Unlocked: Twice)
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 135 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
136
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Security feature
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
If a door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked using the wireless remote control, the security feature automatically
locks the vehicle again.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
If a door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control, the security fea-
ture automatically locks the vehicle again. (However, depending on the loca-
tion of the electronic key, the key may be detected as being in the vehicle. In
this case, vehicle may be unlocked.)
When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the surface of the
front door handle (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote
control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continu-
ously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
doors again.
Alarm (if equipped)
Using the entry function or wireless remote control to lock the doors will set
the alarm system. (P. 87)
If the smart entry & start system or the wireless remote control does not
operate properly
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Use the mechanical key to lock
and unlock the doors. (P. 591)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 505)
Use your palm to touch the lock sensor.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 136 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
137
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Door lock switch
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door while pulling the door handle.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
1
2
1
2
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 137 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
138
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
Open door warning buzzer
If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the
vehicle speed reaches 5 km/h (3 mph).
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter only: The open door(s) or back door is indicated
on the multi-information display.
Conditions affecting the operation of the smart entry & start system or
wireless remote control
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
P. 125
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
P. 149
Rear door child-protector lock
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 138 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
139
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant throwing out
of the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury.
Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked.
Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the drivers door and passengers door, as the
door may be opened even if the inside lock button is in the locked position.
Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 139 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
140
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Door lock switch
P. 1 3 7
Entry function (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Press the button to unlock
the back door.
The door cannot be unlocked for
3 seconds after the door is
locked.
Press the button to lock the
back door.
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Wireless remote control
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Unlocks the back door
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
P. 1 3 4
Key
P. 1 3 5
Back door
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened by the fol-
lowing procedures.
Unlocking and locking the back door
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 140 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
141
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Raise the back door while pushing
up the back door opener switch.
The back door cannot be closed
immediately after the back door
opener switch is pushed.
Operation signals
The emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/
unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control. (Locked: once;
Unlocked: twice)
Open door warning buzzer
If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the
vehicle speed reaches 5 km/h (3 mph).
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter only: The open door(s) or back door is indicated
on the multi-information display.
When closing the back door
Opening the back door
Lower the back door using the back door
handle, and make sure to push the back
door down from the outside to close it.
Be careful not to pull the back door
sideways when closing the back door
with the handle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 141 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
142
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door is opened.
If the back door opener is inoperative
The back door can be operated from the inside.
Using a screwdriver, remove the cover.
To protect the cover, place a rag
between the flathead screwdriver and
the cover as shown in the illustration.
Move the lever.
WARNING
Caution while driving
Keep the back door closed while driving.
If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or lug-
gage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident.
In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a seri-
ous health hazard. Make sure to close the back door before driving.
Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If
the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving,
causing an accident.
Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 142 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
143
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
When children are in the vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
The back door may suddenly shut if it is
not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the back door on an
incline than on a level surface, so
beware of the back door unexpectedly
opening or closing by itself. Make sure
that the back door is fully open and
secure before using the luggage com-
partment.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 143 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
144
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Do not pull on the back door damper stay to close the back door, and do
not hang on the back door damper stay.
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay to
break, causing an accident.
If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the back door, it
may suddenly shut again after being opened, causing someone’s hands,
head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part
to the back door, using a genuine Toyota part is recommended.
NOTICE
Back door damper stays
The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in
place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting
in malfunction.
When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface. If
the back door handle is used to fully
close the back door, it may result in
hands or arms being caught.
Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door.
Do not place your hand on the damper
stay or apply lateral forces to it.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 144 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
145
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Locks and unlocks the doors (P. 134)
Locks and unlocks the back door (P. 140)
Starts the engine (P. 213)
Antenna location
Smart entry & start system
: If equipped
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna inside the luggage compart-
ment
Antenna outside the luggage compart-
ment
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 145 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
146
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
Alarms and warning indicators
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: A combination of exterior and interior buzzers as
well as warning lights are used to prevent theft of the vehicle and unforesee-
able accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures for the warning light that comes on. (P. 547)
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: A combination of exterior and interior buzzers as
well as warning messages shown on the multi-information display are used to
prevent theft of the vehicle and accidents resulting from erroneous operation.
Take appropriate measures based on the displayed message. (P. 553)
When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as
follows.
When locking or unlocking the
doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about
0.7 m (2.3 ft.) of an outside front
door handle and the back door.
(Only the doors detecting the key
can be operated.)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the
vehicle.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior buzzer sounds
once for 5 seconds
Vehicles with a 3-ring
meter: An attempt was
made to lock the doors
using the smart entry &
start system while the
electronic key was still
inside the vehicle.
Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle
and lock the doors
again.
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior buzzer sounds
continuously
The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the drivers
door was open (or the
drivers door was
opened while the
engine switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the engine switch
off and close the
drivers door.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 146 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
147
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
*
: Vehicles with a Multidrive
Vehicles with a 3-ring
meter: Interior buzzer
sounds once and exte-
rior buzzer sounds
once for 5 seconds
An attempt was made
to lock either front door
by opening a door and
moving the inside lock
button to the lock posi-
tion, then closing the
door by pulling on the
outside door handle
with the electronic key
still inside the vehicle.
Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle
and lock the doors
again.
Vehicles with a 3-ring
meter: Interior buzzer
sounds continuously
*
The drivers door was
opened with the shift
lever in any position
other than P and the
engine switch not
turned off.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 147 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
148
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When the smart entry & start system indicator flashes in yellow (vehicles
with a 3-ring meter) or “Check entry & start system.” is displayed on the
multi-information display (vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional immediately.
Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is
not operated for a long time.
In the following situations, the smart entry & start system may take some
time to unlock the doors.
The electronic key has been left within approximately 2 m (6 ft.) of the
outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
The smart entry & start system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
If the smart entry & start system has not been used for 14 days or longer,
the doors cannot be unlocked from any door except the driver’s door. In this
case, hold the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or
mechanical key to unlock the doors.
Electronic key battery-saving function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery
depletion is minimized by stopping the
electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart entry & start system cannot be
used. To cancel the function, press any of
the electronic key buttons.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 148 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
149
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Conditions affecting operation
The smart entry & start system uses weak radio waves. In the following situa-
tions, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be
affected, preventing the smart entry & start system, wireless remote control
and immobilizer system from operating properly.
(Ways of coping: P. 591)
When the electronic key battery is depleted
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device
When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
Metallic wallets or bags
Coins
Hand warmers made of metal
Media such as CDs and DVDs
When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
Digital audio players
Portable game systems
If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 149 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
150
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Note for the entry function
Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the back door is opened.
The electronic key is on the instrument panel, luggage cover or floor, or in
the door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch
modes are changed.
Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the elec-
tronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 30 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent
lock or unlock operation.
When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition sig-
nals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition
signals will be given.
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
Place the electronic key in a location 2 m (6 ft.) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart entry &
start system. (P. 148)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 150 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
151
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a
door handle becomes wet during a car wash, a buzzer will sound outside
the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock all the doors.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a
door handle becomes wet during a car wash, a message may be shown on
the multi-information display and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To
turn off the alarm, lock all the doors.
The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.
A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering
the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the
door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the
door handle again.
If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 2 m
(6 ft.) of the vehicle.
The smart entry & start system can be deactivated in advance. (P. 630)
To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the
outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key
may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may not
operate.)
If the smart entry & start system does not operate properly
Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 591)
Starting the engine: P. 592
Customization
Settings (e. g. smart entry & start system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 630)
If the smart entry & start system has been deactivated in a customized
setting
Locking and unlocking the doors:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P. 134, 591)
Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: P. 592
Stopping the engine: P. 215
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 151 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
152
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Certification for the smart entry & start system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 152 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
153
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 153 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
154
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 154 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
155
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 155 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
156
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 156 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
157
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 157 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
158
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 158 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
159
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 159 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
160
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 160 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
161
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Hereby, Toyota Motor Corporation, declares that this TMLF10-51 is in compliance with
the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Toyota Motor Corporation vakuuttaa täten että TMLF10-51 tyyppinen laite on direktiivin
1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen
mukainen.
Hierbij verklaart Toyota Motor Corporation dat het toestel TMLF10-51 in
overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van
richtlijn 1999/5/EG.
Par la présente Toyota Motor Corporation déclare que l'appareil TMLF10-51 est
conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la
directive 1999/5/CE.
Härmed intygar Toyota Motor Corporation att denna TMLF10-51 står I
överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta
bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
Undertegnede Toyota Motor Corporation erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr
TMLF10-51 overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv
1999/5/EF.
Hiermit erklärt Toyota Motor Corporation, dass sich das Gerät TMLF10-51 in
Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen
einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.
ȂǼ ȉǾȃ ȆǹȇȅȊȈǹ Toyota Motor Corporation ǻǾȁȍȃǼǿ ȅȉǿ TMLF10-51
ȈȊȂȂȅȇĭȍȃǼȉǹǿ ȆȇȅȈ ȉǿȈ ȅȊȈǿȍǻǼǿȈ ǹȆǹǿȉǾȈǼǿȈ Ȁǹǿ ȉǿȈ ȁȅǿȆǼȈ ȈȋǼȉǿȀǼȈ
ǻǿǹȉǹȄǼǿȈ ȉǾȈ ȅǻǾīǿǹȈ 1999/5/EK.
Con la presente Toyota Motor Corporation dichiara che questo TMLF10-51 è conforme
ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva
1999/5/CE.
Por medio de la presente Toyota Motor Corporation declara que el TMLF10-51 cumple
con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles
de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
Toyota Motor Corporation declara que este TMLF10-51 está conforme com os
requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
Hawnhekk, Toyota Motor Corporation, jiddikjara li dan TMLF10-51 jikkonforma
mal-ƫtiƥijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oƫrajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva
1999/5/EC.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 161 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
162
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Käesolevaga kinnitab Toyota Motor Corporation seadme TMLF10-51 vastavust
direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele
asjakohastele sätetele.
Alulírott, Toyota Motor Corporation nyilatkozom, hogy a TMLF10-51 megfelel a
vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.
Toyota Motor Corporation týmto vyhlasuje, že TMLF10-51 spĎĖa základné požiadavky a
všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
Toyota Motor Corporation tímto prohlašuje, že tento TMLF10-51 je ve shodČ se
základními požadavky a dalšími pĜíslušnými ustanoveními smČrnice 1999/5/ES.
Toyota Motor Corporation izjavlja, da je ta TMLF10-51 v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami
in ostalimi relevantnimi doloþili direktive 1999/5/ES.
Šiuo Toyota Motor Corporation deklaruoja, kad šis TMLF10-51 atitinka esminius
reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
Ar šo Toyota Motor Corporation deklarƝ, ka TMLF10-51 atbilst DirektƯvas 1999/5/EK
bnjtiskajƗm prasƯbƗm un citiem ar to saistƯtajiem noteikumiem.
Niniejszym Toyota Motor Corporation oĞwiadcza, Īe TMLF10-51 jest zgodny z
zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaáymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy
1999/5/EC.
Hér með lýsir Toyota Motor Corporation yfir því að TMLF10-51 er í samræmi við
grunnkröfur og aðrar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 1999/5/EC.
Toyota Motor Corporation erklærer herved at utstyret TMLF10-51 er i samsvar med de
grunnleggende krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
C ɧɚɫɬɨɹɳɟɬɨ, Toyota Motor Corporation, ɞɟɤɥɚɪɢɪɚ, ɱɟ TMLF10-51 ɟ ɜ
ɫɴɨɬɜɟɬɫɬɜɢɟ ɫɴɫ ɫɴɳɟɫɬɜɟɧɢɬɟ ɢɡɢɫɤɜɚɧɢɹ ɢ ɞɪɭɝɢɬɟ ɩɪɢɥɨɠɢɦɢ ɪɚɡɩɨɪɟɞɛɢ ɧɚ
Ⱦɢɪɟɤɬɢɜɚ 1999/5/ȿɋ.
Prin prezenta, Toyota Motor Corporation, declară că aparatul TMLF10-51 este in
conformitate cu cerinĠele esenĠiale úi cu alte prevederi pertinente ale Directivei
1999/5/CE.
Ovim, Toyota Motor Corporation, izjavljuje da ovaj TMLF10-51 je usklaÿen sa bitnim
zahtjevima i drugim relevantnim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EC.
Nepermjet kesaj, Toyota Motor Corporation, deklaroj qe ky TMLF10-51 eshte ne pajtim
me kerkesat thelbesore dhe dispozitat e tjera perkatese te Direktives 1999/5/EC.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 162 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
163
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Ovim Toyota Motor Corporation, izjavljuje da je TMLF10-51 u sklau s bitnim zahtjevima
i drugim relevantnim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EC i Pravilnika o RiTT opremi (NN
25/2012).
Ovim, Toyota Motor Corporation, deklariše da je TMLF10-51 u skladu sa osnovnim
zahtevima i ostalim relevantnim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EC.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 163 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
164
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 164 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
165
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 165 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
166
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 166 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
167
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should main-
tain a reasonable distance between themselves and the smart entry &
start system antennas. (P. 145)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional for details,
such as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio
waves. Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry
function.
Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of
the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for details on disabling the entry function.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 167 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
168
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Seat position adjustment lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment lever
(if equipped)
Lumbar support adjustment
switch (if equipped)
Front seats
Adjustment procedure
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 168 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
169
3-3. Adjusting the seats
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
When adjusting the seat position
Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
Seat adjustment
Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 169 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
170
3-3. Adjusting the seats
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Move the front seats forward. (P. 168)
Stow the rear armrest. (if equipped) (P. 440)
Stow the rear center seat belt
buckle.
Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (P. 172)
Pull the seatback lock release
lever and fold the seatback
down.
Each seatback may be folded sep-
arately.
Rear seats
: If equipped
The seatbacks of the rear seats can be folded down.
Folding down the rear seatbacks
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 170 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
171
3-3. Adjusting the seats
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
When folding the rear seatbacks down
Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P (Multidrive) or N (manual transmission).
Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compart-
ment while driving.
Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
Do not allow anyone to sit on the rear center seat if the rear right seat is
folded down, as the seat belt buckle for the rear center seat belt is then
concealed under the folded seat and cannot be used.
Be careful not to get your hand caught when folding the rear seatbacks.
Adjust the position of the front seats before folding down the rear
seatbacks so that the front seats do not interfere with the rear seatbacks
when folding down the rear seatbacks.
After returning the rear seatback to the upright position
Make sure that the seatback is securely
locked in position by lightly pushing it
back and forth.
If the seatback is not securely locked,
the red marking will be visible on the
seatback lock release lever. Make sure
that the red marking is not visible.
Check that the seat belts are not twisted
or caught in the seatback.
If the seat belt gets caught between the
seatback’s securing hook and latch, it
may damage the seat belt.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 171 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
172
3-3. Adjusting the seats
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vertical adjustment
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Removing the head restraints
Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Adjusting the rear seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Lock release button
1
2
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
Lock release button
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 172 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
173
3-3. Adjusting the seats
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 173 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
174
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
Steering wheel
Adjustment procedure
1
2
Horn
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 174 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
175
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not
sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 175 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
176
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced
by operating the lever.
Normal position
Anti-glare position
Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirrors position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror (auto anti-glare inside
rear view mirror only)
Anti-glare function
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 176 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
177
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
On/off
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in on mode, the indica-
tor illuminates.
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: The function will be
set to on mode each time the
engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: The function will be set to on
mode each time the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to off mode. (The indicator also turns
off.)
To prevent sensor error (vehicles with an auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
Indicator
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 177 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
178
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
To select a mirror to adjust,
press the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, press the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjustment procedure
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
Manually folding the mirrors
Manual type
Power type
Push the mirror back in the direc-
tion of the rear of the vehicle.
Press the switch to fold the mir-
rors.
Press it again to extend them to
the original position.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 178 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
179
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
The automatic folding/extending mirror function allows the folding or
extending of the mirrors to be linked to locking/unlocking of the doors.
Automatic operation can be disabled by performing the following.
Turn the engine switch off.
Press and hold the mirror fold
switch and of the mirror
angle adjustment switch at the
same time for more than 2 sec-
onds.
Performing the above procedure
again will enable automatic opera-
tion.
Mirror angle can be adjusted when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals (vehicles with
an automatic folding/extending mirror function)
The automatic folding/extending mirror function will return to on as default. To
turn the function off, press the switch again to select off.
When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog-
gers. (P. 406, 413)
Using the automatic folding/extending mirror function in cold weather (if
equipped)
When the automatic folding/extending mirror function is used in cold weather,
the outside rear view mirrors could freeze up and automatic folding and
extension may not be possible. In this event, remove any ice and snow from
the outside rear view mirror, then operate the mirror manually by using the
mirror fold switch or moving the mirror by hand.
Automatically folding and extending the mirrors (if equipped)
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 179 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
180
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 180 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
181
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
One-touch opening/closing on driver’s window only type
Closing
One-touch closing (driver’s win-
dow only)
*
Opening
One-touch opening (driver’s
window only)
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
One-touch opening/closing on all windows type
Closing
One-touch closing
*
Opening
One-touch opening
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Press the switch to lock the pas-
senger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
Power windows
: If equipped
Opening and closing procedures
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Window lock switch
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 181 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
182
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The power windows can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They cannot, how-
ever, be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot,
however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame, win-
dow travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 182 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
183
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
3
Operation of each component
When the power window does not close normally (windows with one-
touch closing function only)
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot be
closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch on
the relevant door.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: After stopping the vehicle, the
window can be closed by holding the power window switch in the one-touch
closing position while the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: After stopping the vehicle, the
window can be closed by holding the power window switch in the one-touch
closing position while the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation as
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following proce-
dure.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position. Continue
holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the window has closed.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position. Con-
tinue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has
opened completely.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position once
again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the win-
dow has closed.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after perform-
ing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 183 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
184
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Closing the windows
The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch. (P. 181)
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function
only)
Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 184 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
185
4
Driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle .............186
Cargo and luggage ............198
Trailer towing .....................199
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a smart
entry & start system)........209
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)........213
Multidrive ...........................223
Manual transmission..........230
Turn signal lever ................233
Parking brake ....................234
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch ................235
Fog light switch..................241
Windshield wipers and
washer.............................243
Rear window wiper and
washer.............................247
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel
tank cap...........................249
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
Toyota Safety Sense .........252
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system) ............................258
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) ................................271
Automatic High
Beam ...............................276
RSA
(Road Sign Assist)...........280
4-6. Using the driving
support systems
Stop & Start system
(Smart Stop) ....................286
Cruise control.....................299
Speed limiter......................304
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ...................308
Simple-IPA
(Simple-Intelligent
Parking Assist).................315
Diesel particulate filter
system .............................330
Driving assist systems .......332
4-7. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ..............338
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 185 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
186
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4-1. Before driving
P. 209, 213
Multidrive
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (P. 2 2 3 )
Release the parking brake. (P. 234)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Manual transmission
While depressing the clutch pedal, shift the shift lever to 1.
(P. 230)
Release the parking brake. (P. 234)
Gradually release the clutch pedal. At the same time, gently
depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the engine
Driving
1
2
3
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 186 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
187
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Multidrive
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Vehicles with a Stop & Start system: If the Stop & Start system is enabled,
depressing the brake pedal will stop the engine.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P or N. (P. 223)
Manual transmission
While depressing the clutch pedal, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to N. (P. 230)
Vehicles with a Stop & Start system: If the Stop & Start system is enabled,
shifting the shift lever to N and releasing the clutch pedal will stop the
engine. (P. 230)
Stopping
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 187 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
188
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Multidrive
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake (P. 234), and shift the shift lever to P.
(P. 223)
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine
switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Press the engine switch
to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
Manual transmission
While depressing the clutch pedal, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake. (P. 234)
Shift the shift lever to N. (P. 230)
If parking on a hill, shift the shift lever to 1 or R and block the wheels as
needed.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine
switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Press the engine switch
to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
Parking the vehicle
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 188 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
189
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Multidrive
Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Manual transmission
With the parking brake firmly set and the clutch pedal fully
depressed, shift the shift lever to 1.
Lightly depress the accelerator pedal at the same time as gradually
releasing the clutch pedal.
Release the parking brake.
When starting off on an uphill
The hill-start assist control will activate. (P. 332)
Driving in the rain
Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
Engine speed while driving (vehicles with a Multidrive)
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
When the accelerator pedal is released
When the brake pedal is depressed while sport mode is selected
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 189 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
190
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
For the first 300 km (186 miles):
Avoid sudden stops.
For the first 800 km (500 miles):
Do not tow a trailer.
For the first 1000 km (621 miles):
Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
Avoid sudden acceleration.
Do not drive continuously in low gears.
Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (P. 614)
Idling time before engine stop
To prevent damage to the turbocharger, allow the engine to idle immediately
after high-speed driving or hill climbing.
8NR-FTS engine
1ND-TV and 1WW engines
Driving condition Idling time
Normal city driving Not necessary
High-speed driving
Constant speed of approx.
100 km/h (62 mph)
Approximately 1 minute
Steep hill driving or continuous driving at 100
km/h (62 mph) or more (race track driving etc.)
or towing a trailer
Approximately
2 minutes
Driving condition Idling time
Normal city driving Not necessary
High-speed driving
Constant speed of approx.
80 km/h (50 mph)
Approximately
20 seconds
Constant speed of approx.
100 km/h (62 mph)
Approximately 1 minute
Steep hill driving or continuous driving at 100
km/h (62 mph) or more (race track driving etc.)
Approximately
2 minutes
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 190 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
191
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When starting the vehicle (vehicles with a Multidrive)
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
When driving the vehicle
Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P. 531
Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 223, 230)
Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 191 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
192
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When driving on slippery road surfaces
Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
When shifting the shift lever
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the
shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle
is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving
backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the
accelerator pedal depressed. Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P
or N may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 192 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
193
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional as
soon as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
When the vehicle is stopped
Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P (Multidrive) or N, the vehicle may
accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle
rolling away, always keep depressing the brake pedal while the engine is
running, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 193 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
194
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When the vehicle is parked
Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift
lever to P, stop the engine and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not
set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 194 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
195
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
When braking
When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
If the brake booster does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely
and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will
increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
NOTICE
When driving the vehicle (vehicles with a Multidrive)
Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 195 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
196
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
When driving the vehicle (vehicles with a manual transmission)
Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
Do not shift gears unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed. After shifting,
do not release the clutch pedal abruptly. Doing so may damage the clutch,
transmission and gears.
Observe the following to prevent the clutch from being damaged.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
Doing so may cause clutch trouble.
Do not use any gear other than the 1st gear when starting off and mov-
ing forward.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
Do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle when stopping on an uphill
grade.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
Do not shift the shift lever to R when the vehicle is still moving. Doing so
may damage the clutch, transmission and gears.
When parking the vehicle (vehicles with a Multidrive)
Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so
may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if
the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
8NR-FTS, 1ND-TV and 1WW engines: Make sure to idle the engine imme-
diately after high-speed driving or hill climbing. Stop the engine only after
the turbocharger has cooled down.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the turbocharger.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 196 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
197
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
NOTICE
If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 559, 573)
When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
Engine stalling
Short in electrical components
Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional check the following:
Brake function
Changes in quantity and quality of engine oil, transmission fluid, etc.
Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-
ble), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 197 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
198
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load:
WARNING
Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compartment:
Receptacles containing gasoline
Aerosol cans
Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the drivers vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or pas-
sengers, possibly causing an accident.
Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possible.
Do not stack cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment higher than
the seatbacks.
Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
At the feet of the driver
On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
On the luggage cover
On the instrument panel
On the dashboard
Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed
directly behind the front seats.
Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not designed
for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts prop-
erly fastened.
Load and distribution
Do not overload your vehicle.
Do not apply loads unevenly.
Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control
which may cause death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 198 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
199
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Weight limits
Check the allowable towing capacity, GVM (Gross Vehicle Mass),
MPAC (Maximum Permissible Axle Capacity), and permissible
drawbar load before towing. (P. 608)
Towing hitch/bracket
Toyota recommends the use of the Toyota hitch/bracket for your
vehicle. Other products of a suitable nature and comparable quality
may also be used.
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger carrying vehi-
cle. Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on handling, per-
formance, braking, durability, and fuel consumption. Your safety
and satisfaction depend on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your safety and the safety of
others, do not overload the vehicle or trailer.
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in
accordance with the trailers characteristics and operating con-
ditions.
Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction
caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes.
Ask your local authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional for further details
before towing, as there are additional legal requirements in
some countries.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 199 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
200
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Total trailer weight and permissible drawbar load
Total trailer weight
Weight of the trailer itself plus
the trailer load should be within
the maximum towing capacity.
Exceeding this weight is danger-
ous. (P. 608)
When towing a trailer, use a fric-
tion coupler or friction stabilizer
(sway control device).
Permissible drawbar load
Allocate the trailer load so that the drawbar load is greater than 25 kg
(55.1 lb.) or 4% of the towing capacity. Do not let the drawbar load
exceed the indicated weight. (P. 608)
Important points regarding trailer loads
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 200 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
201
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Information tag (manufacturers label)
Gross vehicle mass
Maximum permissible rear
axle capacity
Gross vehicle mass
Vehicle category M1 models
*
The combined weight of the driver, passengers, luggage, towing
hitch, total curb mass and drawbar load should not exceed the
gross vehicle mass by more than 100 kg (220.5 lb.). Exceeding this
weight is dangerous.
Vehicle category N1 models
*
The combined weight of the driver, passengers, cargo, towing hitch,
total curb mass and drawbar load must not exceed the gross vehi-
cle mass. Exceeding this weight is dangerous.
Maximum permissible rear axle capacity
Vehicle category M1 models
*
The weight borne by the rear axle should not exceed the maximum
permissible rear axle capacity by 15% or more. Exceeding this
weight is dangerous.
Vehicle category N1 models
*
The weight borne by the rear axle should not exceed the maximum
permissible rear axle capacity. Exceeding this weight is dangerous.
The values for towing capacity were derived from testing conducted
at sea level. Take note that engine output and towing capacity will
be reduced at high altitudes.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 201 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
202
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
: To distinguish the vehicle category, ask any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
WARNING
Vehicle category M1 models
*
: When the gross vehicle mass limit or
maximum permissible axle capacity is exceeded
Do not exceed the established speed limit for towing a trailer in built-up
areas or 100 km/h (62 mph), whichever is the lower.
Failing to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 202 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
203
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
461 mm (18.1 in.)
461 mm (18.1 in.)
838 mm (33.0 in.)
374 mm (14.7 in.)
308 mm (12.1 in.)
371 mm (14.6 in.)
35 mm (1.4 in.)
Installation positions for the towing hitch/bracket and hitch ball
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 203 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
204
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Tire information
Increase the tire inflation pressure to 20.0 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 3 psi)
greater than the recommended value when towing. (P. 625)
Increase the air pressure of the trailer tires in accordance with the total
trailer weight and according to the values recommended by the manufac-
turer of your trailer.
Trailer lights
Please consult at any authorized dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional when installing trailer lights, as incorrect installa-
tion may cause damage to the vehicle’s lights. Please take care to comply
with your state’s laws when installing trailer lights.
Break-in schedule
Toyota recommends that vehicles fitted with new power train components
should not be used for towing trailers for the first 800 km (500 miles).
Safety checks before towing
Check that the maximum load limit for the towing hitch/bracket and hitch ball
is not exceeded. Bear in mind that the coupling weight of the trailer will add
to the load exerted on the vehicle. Also make sure that the total load exerted
on the vehicle is within the range of the weight limits. (P. 200)
Ensure that the trailer load is secure.
Supplementary outside rear view mirrors should be added to the vehicle if
the traffic behind cannot be clearly seen with standard mirrors. Adjust the
extending arms of these mirrors on both sides of the vehicle so that they
always provide maximum visibility of the road behind.
Maintenance
Maintenance must be performed more frequently when using the vehicle for
towing due to the greater weight burden placed on the vehicle compared to
normal driving.
Retighten all bolts securing the hitching ball and bracket after towing for
approximately 1000 km (600 miles).
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 204 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
205
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
NOTICE
When the rear bumper strengthening material is aluminum
Ensure the steel bracket part does not come directly in contact with that
area.
When steel and aluminum come into contact, there is a reaction similar to
corrosion, which will weaken the section concerned and may result in dam-
age. Apply a rust inhibitor to parts that will come in contact when attaching a
steel bracket.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 205 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
206
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. In order to
avoid accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind
when towing:
Checking connections between trailer and lights
Stop the vehicle and check the operation of the connection between
the trailer and lights after driving for a brief period as well as before
starting off.
Practicing driving with a coupled trailer
Get the feel for turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer
coupled by practicing in an area with no or light traffic.
When reversing with a coupled trailer, hold the section of the
steering wheel nearest to you and rotate clockwise to turn the
trailer left or counterclockwise to turn it right. Always rotate a little
at a time to prevent steering error. Have someone guide you
when reversing to lessen the risk of an accident.
Increasing vehicle-to-vehicle distance
At a speed of 10 km/h (6 mph), the distance to the vehicle running
ahead of you should be equivalent to or greater than the combined
length of your vehicle and trailer. Avoid sudden braking that may
cause skidding. Otherwise, the vehicle may spin out of control. This
is especially true when driving on wet or slippery road surfaces.
Sudden acceleration/steering input/cornering
Executing sharp turns when towing may result in the trailer colliding
with your vehicle. Decelerate well in advance when approaching
turns and take them slowly and carefully to avoid sudden braking.
Important points regarding turning
The wheels of the trailer will travel closer to the inside of the curve
than the wheels of the vehicle. To make allowance for this, take the
turns wider than you would normally do.
Guidance
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 206 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
207
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Important points regarding stability
Vehicle movement resulting from uneven road surfaces and strong
crosswinds will affect handling. The vehicle may also be rocked by
passing buses or large trucks. Frequently check behind when mov-
ing alongside such vehicles. As soon as such vehicle movement
occurs, immediately start to decelerate smoothly by slowly applying
the brakes. Always steer the vehicle straight ahead while braking.
Passing other vehicles
Consider the total combined length of your vehicle and trailer and
ensure that the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is sufficient before exe-
cuting lane changes.
Transmission information
Multidrive
To maintain engine braking efficiency and charging system perfor-
mance when using engine braking, do not use the transmission in
D, must be in M and select gear step 4 or lower. (P. 226)
Manual transmission
Refrain from driving in 6th gear to maintain the effectiveness of
engine braking and to maintain charging system performance.
If the engine overheats
Towing a loaded trailer up a long, steep incline in temperatures
exceeding 30C (85F) may result in the engine overheating. If the
engine coolant temperature gauge indicates that the engine is over-
heating, turn the air conditioning off immediately, leave the road and
stop the vehicle in a safe place. (P. 600)
When parking the vehicle
Always place wheel chocks under the wheels of both the vehicle
and trailer. Firmly set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P
(Multidrive) and 1 or R (manual transmission).
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 207 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
208
4-1. Before driving
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Follow all the instructions described in this section. Failure to do so could
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Trailer towing precautions
When towing, make sure that none of the weight limits are exceeded.
(P. 200)
Vehicle speed in towing
Observe the legal maximum speeds for trailer towing.
Before descending hills or long declines
Reduce speed and downshift. However, never downshift suddenly while
descending steep or long downhill grades.
Operation of the brake pedal
Do not hold the brake pedal depressed often or for long periods of time.
Doing so may result in the brake overheating or reduce braking effects.
To avoid accident or injury
Vehicles with a cruise control: Do not use cruise control when you are tow-
ing.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow a trailer when the compact
spare tire is installed on your vehicle.
Vehicles with an emergency tire puncture repair kit: Do not tow the vehicle
when the tire installed is repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair
kit.
NOTICE
Do not directly splice trailer lights
Directly splicing trailer lights may damage your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 208 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
209
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
4-2. Driving procedures
Multidrive
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start the
engine.
Manual transmission (gasoline engine)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in N.
Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start the
engine.
Manual transmission (diesel engine)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in N.
Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position.
turns on.
After goes out, turn the engine switch to the “START” position
and start the engine.
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a
smart entry & start system)
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 209 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
210
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
“LOCK”
The steering wheel is locked and
the key can be removed. (vehicles
with a Multidrive: The key can be
removed only when the shift lever
is in P.)
“ACC”
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“ON”
All electrical components can be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
Changing the engine switch positions
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 210 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
211
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 75)
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
When the steering lock cannot be released
Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened while the engine switch is in
the “LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key.
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly left and
right.
WARNING
When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution when driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an
emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn
the engine switch only to the “ACC” position to stop the engine. An accident
may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (P. 531)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 211 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
212
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long peri-
ods of time without the engine running.
When starting the engine
Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may
overheat the starter and wiring system.
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional immediately.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 212 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
213
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P (Multidrive) or N (manual trans-
mission).
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Multidrive: Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Manual transmission: Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
The smart entry & start system indicator light (green) will turn on. If the
indicator light does not turn on, the engine cannot be started.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the
engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal (Multidrive) or clutch pedal
(manual transmission) until the
engine is completely started.
Diesel model: turns on. The
engine begins starting after
goes out.
The engine can be started from
any engine switch mode.
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a
smart entry & start system)
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine
switch modes.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 213 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
214
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Multidrive: Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Manual transmission: Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the
engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal (Multidrive) or clutch pedal
(manual transmission) until the
engine is completely started.
Diesel model: turns on. The
engine begins starting after
goes out.
The engine can be started from
any engine switch mode.
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 214 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
215
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Multidrive
Stop the vehicle.
Set the parking brake (P. 234), and shift the shift lever to P.
Press the engine switch.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: Release the brake pedal and check
that the smart entry & start system indicator light (green) is off.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: Release the brake pedal and check
that “Power ON.” on the multi-information display is off.
Manual transmission
While depressing the clutch pedal, stop the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
Set the parking brake. (P. 234)
Press the engine switch.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: Release the clutch pedal and check
that the smart entry & start system indicator light (green) is off.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: Release the clutch pedal and check
that “Power ON.” on the multi-information display is off.
Stopping the engine
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 215 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
216
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake
pedal (Multidrive) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) released.
(The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Off
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
The smart entry & start system
indicator light (green) is off.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
The smart entry & start system
indicator light (green) flashes
slowly.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
The smart entry & start system
indicator light (green) flashes
slowly.
*
: Vehicles with a Multidrive: If the shift lever is in a position other than P
when turning off the engine, the engine switch will be turned to ACCES-
SORY mode, not to off.
Changing engine switch modes
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 216 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
217
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Off
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
The multi-information display will
not be displayed.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“Power ON.” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“Power ON.” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
*
: Vehicles with a Multidrive: If the
shift lever is in a position other than
P when turning off the engine, the
engine switch will be turned to
ACCESSORY mode, not to off.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 217 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
218
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
Check that the parking brake is set.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Check that the smart entry & start system indicator light (green)
flashes slowly and then press the engine switch once.
Check that the smart entry & start system indicator light (green) is
off.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Check that “Power ON.” and “Turn power OFF.” are displayed alter-
nately on the multi-information display and then press the engine
switch once.
Check that “Power ON.” and “Turn power OFF.” on the multi-infor-
mation display are off.
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other
than P (vehicles with a Multidrive)
1
2
3
4
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 218 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
219
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Auto power off function
Vehicles with a Multidrive: If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more
than 20 minutes or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more
than an hour with the shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn
off.
Vehicles with a
manual transmission: If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY
mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not run-
ning) for more than an hour, the engine switch will automatically turn off.
However, this function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave
the vehicle with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for
long periods of time when the engine is not running.
Key battery depletion
P. 126
Conditions affecting operation
P. 149
Notes for the entry function
P. 150
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 75)
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The
engine may not start if the shift lever is displaced out of P.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
The smart entry & start system indicator light (green) will flash quickly.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
“Shift to P position to start.” will be displayed on the multi-information dis-
play.
Steering lock
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 219 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
220
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When the steering lock cannot be released
Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, the motor may be sus-
pended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short period of time.
In this case, refrain from operating the engine. After about 10 seconds, the
steering lock motor will resume functioning.
When the smart entry & start system indicator flashes in yellow (vehicles
with a 3-ring meter) or “Check entry & start system.” is displayed on the
multi-information display (vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional immediately.
If the key battery is depleted
P. 505
Operation of the engine switch
If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may
not change or the engine may not start.
If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine
switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine
switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the engine.
If the smart entry & start system has been deactivated in a customized
setting
P. 591
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: The smart
entry & start system indicator light (green)
will flash quickly.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: “Steering
lock active.” will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
Check that the shift lever is set in P
(Multidrive). Press the engine switch while
turning the steering wheel left and right.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 220 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
221
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution while driving
If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the
doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the
steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
Stopping the engine in an emergency
If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly
3 times or more in succession. (P. 531)
However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or
braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 221 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
222
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
for long periods of time without the engine running.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: If the smart entry & start system indicator
light (green) is illuminated, the engine switch is not off. When exiting the
vehicle, always check that the engine switch is off.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: If “Power ON.” is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display, the engine switch is not off. When exiting the vehicle,
always check that the engine switch is off.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in
a position other than P. If the engine is stopped in another shift lever posi-
tion, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery
discharge may occur.
When starting the engine
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional immediately.
Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional immediately.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 222 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
223
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, depress the
brake pedal and move the shift lever.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, depress the
brake pedal and move the shift lever.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped.
Multidrive
: If equipped
Shifting the shift lever
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 223 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
224
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce noises, set the shift lever in D for
normal driving.
*
2
: Selecting gear step using the M position achieves suitable engine braking
forces by operating the shift lever.
Press the switch.
For powerful acceleration and driv-
ing in mountainous regions.
Press the switch again to return to
normal mode.
*
1
: Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Shift position purpose
Shift position Objective or function
P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N Neutral
D Normal driving
*
1
M
7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode driving
*
2
(P. 226)
Sport mode
*
1
*
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 224 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
225
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
To drive in temporary gear steps selection mode, operate the “-” and
“+” paddle shift switches. The gear steps can then be selected by
operating the “-” and “+” paddle shift switches. By selecting gear step
using paddle shift switches, you can control engine braking forces.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The selected gear step, from D1 to
D7, will be displayed in the meter.
*
1
: Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Temporally gear steps selection mode in the D position (vehicles
with a paddle shift switch)
*
1
*
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 225 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
226
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
To enter 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode, shift the shift lever
to M position. Gear steps can then be selected by operating the shift
lever or paddle shift switches (vehicles with a paddle shift switch),
allowing you to drive in the gear step of your choosing.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The gear changes once every time
the shift lever or paddle shift switch
is operated.
The selected gear step, from M1 to
M7, will be displayed in the meter.
*
1
: Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
However, even when in the M position, the gear steps will be automat-
ically changed if the engine speed is too high, or too low.
Gear step functions
You can choose from 7 levels of engine braking force.
A lower gear step will provide greater engine braking force than a higher
gear step, and the engine speed will also increase.
If the 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode indicator does not come
on even after shifting the shift lever to M
This may indicate a malfunction in the Multidrive system. Have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional immediately.
(In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when
the shift lever is in D.)
When the vehicle comes to a stop with the shift lever in the M position
The transmission will automatically downshift to M1 once the vehicle is
stopped.
After a stop, the vehicle will start off in M1.
When the vehicle is stopped, the transmission is set at M1.
Changing gear steps in the M position
*
1
*
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 226 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
227
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Automatic deactivation of gear steps selection in the D position (vehi-
cles with a paddle shift switch)
Temporally gear steps selection mode in the D position will be deactivated in
the following situations:
When the vehicle comes to a stop
If the accelerator pedal is depressed for more than a certain period of time in
one gear step
When the shift lever is shifted to other than D
When the “+” paddle shift switch is held down for a period of time
When driving with cruise control activated (if equipped)
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate because cruise control will not be
canceled.
While driving in D or 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode, downshifting
to 6, 5 or 4. (P. 299)
When switching the driving mode to sport mode while driving in D position.
(P. 224)
Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever or paddle shift switch (if equipped) is oper-
ated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)
Sport mode automatic deactivation
Sport mode is automatically deactivated if the engine switch is turned off after
driving in sport mode.
Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift
lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the
“ON” position (vehicles without a smart entry & start system) or IGNITION ON
mode (vehicles with a smart entry & start system) and the brake pedal is
being depressed.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 227 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
228
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal, there may
be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that
the shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
Set the parking brake.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine switch off.
Depress the brake pedal.
G AI-SHIFT
G AI-SHIFT automatically selects a suitable gear for sporty driving according
to drivers input and driving conditions. G AI-SHIFT operates automatically
when the shift lever is in D and sport mode is selected for the driving mode.
(Selecting normal mode or shifting the shift lever to the M position cancels
this function.)
Pry the cover up with a flathead screw-
driver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damage to the cover, cover
the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.
Press the shift lock override button.
The shift lever can be shifted while the
button is pressed.
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 228 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
229
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
When driving on slippery road surfaces
Be careful of downshifting and sudden acceleration, as this could result in
the vehicle skidding to the side or spinning.
To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted
out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 229 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
230
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever, and
then release it slowly.
Shift the shift lever to R while lift-
ing up the ring section.
Manual transmission
: If equipped
Shifting the shift lever
Shifting the shift lever to R
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 230 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
231
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Gear Shift Indicator is a guide to help the driver achieve improved fuel
economy and reduced exhaust emissions within limits of engine per-
formance.
Upshifting
Downshifting
*
1
: Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Gear Shift Indicator display
Gear Shift Indicator may not be displayed when your foot is placed on the
clutch pedal.
Maximum allowable speeds
Observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear when maxi-
mum acceleration is necessary.
Gasoline engine
km/h (mph)
Gear Shift Indicator
*
1
*
2
1
2
Shift position
Maximum speed
1NR-FE engine 1ZR-FAE engine 8NR-FTS engine
1 44 (27) 50 (31) 43 (27)
2 82 (50) 94 (58) 79 (49)
3 112 (69) 137 (85) 124 (77)
4 152 (94) 185 (114) 168 (104)
5 179 (111)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 231 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
232
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Diesel engine
km/h (mph)
Shift position
Maximum speed
1ND-TV engine 1WW engine
1 42 (26) 42 (26)
2 79 (49) 85 (53)
3 122 (75) 133 (83)
4 165 (102) 189 (117)
5
WARNING
Gear Shift Indicator display
For safety, the driver should not look only at the display. Refer to the display
when it is safe to do so while considering actual traffic and road conditions.
Failure to do so may lead to an accident.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission
Do not lift up the ring section except when shifting the lever to R.
Shift the shift lever to R only when the vehicle is stationary.
Do not shift the shift lever to R without
depressing the clutch pedal.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 232 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
233
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
Turn signals can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
Customization
The number of times the turn signals flash during a lane change can be
changed. (Customizable feature P. 630)
Turn signal lever
Operating instructions
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 233 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
234
4-2. Driving procedures
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
To set the parking brake, fully
pull the parking brake lever
while depressing the brake
pedal.
To release the parking brake,
slightly raise the lever and
lower it completely while press-
ing the button.
Parking the vehicle
P. 188
Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
If the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately 5 km/h (3 mph) or more
with the parking brake engaged, a buzzer will sound.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter only: “Release parking brake.” will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
Usage in winter time
P. 338
Parking brake
Operating instructions
1
2
NOTICE
Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 234 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
235
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Turning the end of the lever turns on the lights as follows:
Type A
The daytime running
lights turn on.
(P. 239)
The front position, tail,
license plate and instru-
ment panel lights turn
on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn
on.
*
: If equipped
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
*
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 235 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
236
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Type B
The headlights, day-
time running lights (P.
239) and all the lights
listed below turn on and
off automatically.
(Vehicles without a
smart entry & start sys-
tem: When the engine
switch is in the “ON”
position)
(Vehicles with a smart
entry & start system:
When the engine
switch is in IGNITION
ON mode)
The front position, tail,
license plate and instru-
ment panel lights turn
on.
The headlights and all lights listed above turn on.
The daytime running lights turn on. (P. 239)
*
: If equipped
*
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 236 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
237
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
This system allows the headlights to be turned on for 30 seconds
when the engine switch is turned off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it with the light switch in
(if equipped) or
after turning the engine switch off.
The lights are turned off in the fol-
lowing situations.
Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: The engine switch
is turned to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry &
start system: The engine switch
is turned to IGNITION ON
mode.
The light switch is turned on.
The light switch is pulled toward you and then released.
Turning on the high beam headlights
1
2
Follow me home system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 237 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
238
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The level of the headlights can be adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle.
Raises the level of the head-
lights
Lowers the level of the head-
lights
Guide to dial settings
Manual headlight leveling dial (vehicles with halogen headlights)
1
2
Occupancy and luggage load conditions
Dial position
Occupants Luggage load
Driver None 0
Driver and front passen-
ger
None 0
All seats occupied None 1.5
All seats occupied Full luggage loading 2.5
Driver Full luggage loading 3.5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 238 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
239
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Daytime running light system
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving, the
daytime running lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is started
and the parking brake is released with the headlight switch off or in the
position. (Illuminate brighter than the front position lights.) Daytime running
lights are not designed for use at night.
Headlight control sensor (if equipped)
Automatic light off system
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
When the light switch is in or : The headlights and front fog lights
(if equipped) turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned off.
When the light switch is in : All lights turn off automatically if the engine
switch is turned off.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position, or turn
the light switch off once and then back to or .
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
When the light switch is in or : The headlights and front fog lights
(if equipped) turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned off.
When the light switch is in : All lights turn off automatically if the engine
switch is turned off.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, or
turn the light switch off once and then back to or .
Light reminder buzzer
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned off or turned to the “ACC”
position and the drivers door is opened while the lights are turned on.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned off or turned to ACCES-
SORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 239 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
240
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Automatic headlight leveling system (vehicles with LED headlights)
The level of the headlights is automatically adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle to ensure that the
headlights do not interfere with other road users.
Battery-saving function
In the following conditions, the remaining lights will go off automatically after
20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged:
The headlights and/or tail lights are on.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: The engine switch is turned to
the “ACC” position or turned off.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: The engine switch is turned to
ACCESSORY mode or turned off.
The light switch is in or .
This function will be canceled in any of the following situations:
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: When the engine switch is
turned to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: When the engine switch is turned
to IGNITION ON mode.
When the light switch is operated.
When a door is opened or closed.
Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 630)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 240 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
241
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Rear fog light switch
Turns the rear fog light
off
Turns the rear fog light
on
Releasing the switch ring returns it
to .
Operating the switch ring again
turns the rear fog light off.
Fog light switch
The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving con-
ditions, such as in rain and fog.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 241 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
242
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Front and rear fog light switch
Turns the front and rear
fog lights off
Turns the front fog lights
on
Turns both front and
rear fog lights on
Releasing the switch ring returns it
to .
Operating the switch ring again
turns only the rear fog light off.
Fog lights can be used when
Vehicles with a rear fog light switch
The headlights are turned on.
Vehicles with a front and rear fog light switch
Front fog lights: The headlights or the front position lights are turned on.
Rear fog light: The front fog lights are turned on.
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 242 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
243
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Intermittent windshield wipers with interval adjuster
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows. When
intermittent windshield wiper operation is selected, the wiper interval
can be also adjusted.
Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
Low speed windshield
wiper operation
High speed windshield
wiper operation
Temporary operation
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is
selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the wiper lever
1
2
3
4
5
6
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 243 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
244
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
Vehicles with headlight cleaners:
When the headlights are on and
the lever is pulled and held, the
headlight cleaners will operate
once. After this, the headlight
cleaners will operate every 5th
time the lever is pulled.
Rain-sensing windshield wipers
When “AUTO” is selected, the wipers will operate automatically when
the sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically adjusts wiper
timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle speed.
Rain-sensing windshield
wiper operation
Low speed windshield
wiper operation
High speed windshield
wiper operation
Temporary operation
When “AUTO” is selected, the sensor sensitivity can be adjusted as
follows by turning the switch ring.
Increases the rain-sensing
windshield wiper sensitivity
Decreases the rain-sensing
windshield wiper sensitivity
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 244 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
245
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
Vehicles with headlight cleaners:
When the headlights are on and
the lever is pulled and held, the
headlight cleaners will operate
once. After this, the headlight
cleaners will operate every 5th
time the lever is pulled.
The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation (vehicles with rain-sensing
windshield wipers)
Even when the wipers are not in “AUTO” mode, wiper operation varies
depending on vehicle speed when the washer is being used (delay until drip
prevention wiper sweep occurs).
Raindrop sensor (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the engine switch is
in IGNITION ON mode, the wiper will operate once to show that “AUTO”
mode is activated.
If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 90C (194F) or higher, or -15C
(5F) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case, operate the
wipers in any mode other than “AUTO”.
If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
7
The raindrop sensor judges the amount
of raindrops.
An optical sensor is adopted. It may not
operate properly when sunlight from the
rising or setting of the sun intermittently
strikes the windshield, or if bugs etc. are
present on the windshield.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 245 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
246
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode (vehi-
cles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or
the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your
fingers etc. do not become caught in the windshield wipers.
NOTICE
When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
When there is no washer fluid spray from the nozzle
Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled
toward you and held continually.
When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 246 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
247
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows:
Intermittent window
wiper operation
Normal window wiper
operation
Washer/wiper dual operation
The wiper will automatically oper-
ate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.
The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Rear window wiper and washer
Operating instructions
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 247 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
248
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.
When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 248 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
249
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
4-4. Refueling
Close all the doors and windows, and turn the engine switch off.
Confirm the type of fuel.
Fuel types
P. 628
Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline (gasoline engine)
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehicle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 249 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
250
4-4. Refueling
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so may result in death or serious injury.
After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 250 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
251
4-4. Refueling
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Pull up the opener to open the
fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to
remove it and hang it on the
back of the fuel filler door.
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.
Opening the fuel tank cap
1
2
Closing the fuel tank cap
WARNING
When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 251 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
252
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system)
P. 2 5 8
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
P. 2 7 1
Automatic High Beam
P. 2 7 6
RSA (Road Sign Assist)
P. 2 8 0
Toyota Safety Sense
: If equipped
The Toyota Safety Sense consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving expe-
rience:
WARNING
Toyota Safety Sense
The Toyota Safety Sense is designed to operate under the assumption that
the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to the
occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle's
surroundings and driving safely.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 252 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
253
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
The pre-crash safety system is equipped with a sophisticated com-
puter that will record certain data, such as:
Accelerator status
Brake status
Vehicle speed
Operation status of the pre-crash safety system functions
Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects)
Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose
malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve
quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a
government agency
For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific
vehicle or vehicle owner
Vehicle data recording
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 253 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
254
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The front sensor is located on the
upper side of the windshield. It
consists of 2 types of sensors,
each of which detects information
necessary to operate the drive
assist systems.
Laser sensors
Monocular camera sensor
Front sensor
1
2
WARNING
Front sensor
The front sensor uses lasers to detect vehicles ahead of your vehicle. The
front sensor is classified as class 1M laser product according to the IEC
60825-1 standard. Under normal usage conditions, these lasers are not
harmful to the naked eye. However, it is necessary to observe the following
precautions.
Failure to do so may result in the loss of eyesight or severe visual impair-
ment.
To avoid hazardous laser radiation exposure, never attempt to disassem-
ble the front sensor (e.g. remove the lenses). When disassembled, the
front sensor is classified as a class 3B laser product according to the IEC
60825-1 standard. Class 3B lasers are hazardous and pose a risk of eye
injury under direct exposure.
Do not attempt to look into the front sensor with a magnifying glass, micro-
scope or other optical instrument within a distance of less than 100 mm
(3.9 in.).
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 254 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
255
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Laser classification label
Laser explanatory label
Laser emission data
Maximum average power: 45 mW
Pulse duration: 33 ns
Wave length: 905 nm
Divergence (horizontal x vertical): 28° x 12°
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 255 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
256
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
To avoid malfunction of the front sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the front sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to an
accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Keep the windshield clean at all times. If the windshield is dirty or covered
with an oily film, water droplets, snow, etc., clear the windshield. If the
inner side of the windshield in front of the front sensor is dirty, contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
B: Approximately 20 cm (7.9 in.) (Approximately 10 cm (4.0 in.) to the
right and left from the center of the front sensor)
If there is a large difference in temperature between the inside and outside
of the vehicle, such as in winter, the windshield is likely to fog up easily. If
the part of the windshield in front of the front sensor is fogged up or cov-
ered with condensation or ice, the PCS warning light may illuminate and
the system may be temporarily disabled. In this case, use the windshield
defogger to remove the fog, etc. (P. 406, 413)
If the area of the windshield in front of the front sensor is covered with
water droplets, use the windshield wipers to remove them.
If the water droplets are not sufficiently removed, the performance of the
front sensor may be reduced.
Do not attach objects, such as stickers,
transparent stickers, etc., and so forth,
to the outer side of the windshield in
front of the front sensor (shaded area in
the illustration).
A: From the top of the windshield to
approximately 10 cm (4.0 in.) below the
bottom of the front sensor
Do not install or attach anything to the
inner side of the windshield under the
front sensor (shaded area in the illustra-
tion).
A: Approximately 10 cm (4.0 in.) (Start-
ing from the bottom of the front sensor)
B: Approximately 20 cm (7.9 in.)
(Approximately 10 cm (4.0 in.) to the
right and left from the center of the front
sensor)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 256 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
257
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind-
shield in front of the front sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Do not install an antenna in front of the sensor.
Do not get the front sensor wet.
Do not allow bright lights to shine into the front sensor.
Do not dirty or damage the front sensor.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Do not subject the front sensor to a strong impact.
Do not change the installation position or direction of the front sensor or
remove it.
Do not disassemble the front sensor.
Do not install an electronic device or device that emits strong electric
waves near the front sensor.
Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the front sensor
(inside rear view mirror, sun visors, etc.) or ceiling.
Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the front sensor to the
hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional for details.
If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the front sensor.
Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
Do not attach anything to or place anything on the dashboard.
Installation area of front sensor on windshield
When the windshield is fogging up easily, the glass around the front sensor
may be hot due to the heater running. If the glass is touched, it may result in
burns.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 257 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
258
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Pre-crash warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multi-
information display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.
Pre-crash brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion with a vehicle is high, the system applies greater braking force
in relation to how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
Pre-crash braking
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion with a vehicle is high, the system warns the driver. If the sys-
tem determines that the possibility of a collision is extremely high,
the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or
reduce the collision speed.
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system)
: If equipped
The pre-crash safety system uses the front sensor to detect
vehicles in front of your vehicle. When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle is high, a
warning operates to urge the driver to take evasive action and
the potential brake pressure is increased to help the driver avoid
the collision. If the system determines that the possibility of a
frontal collision with a vehicle is extremely high, the brakes are
automatically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision.
The pre-crash safety system can be disabled/enabled and the warn-
ing timing can be changed. (P. 261)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 258 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
259
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Limitations of the pre-crash safety system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-crash safety system instead of normal braking opera-
tions under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or
lessen collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on
this system. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or
serious injury.
Although this system is designed to help avoid and reduce the impact of a
collision, its effectiveness may change according to various conditions,
therefore the system may not always be able to achieve the same level of
performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: P. 263
Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: P. 267
Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-crash safety system your-
self, as the system may not operate properly, possibly leading to an acci-
dent.
Pre-crash braking
The pre-crash braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-crash
braking function from operating.
In some situations, while the pre-crash braking function is operating, oper-
ation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system determines that
the driver is taking evasive action.
A large amount of braking force is applied while the pre-crash braking
function is operating. Additionally, as the operation of the pre-crash brak-
ing function will be canceled after the vehicle has been stopped for
approximately 2 seconds if it is stopped by the operation of the pre-crash
braking function, the driver should depress the brake pedal as necessary.
If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-crash braking function.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 259 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
260
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
While driving, such as when driving through a railway crossing, the system
may determine that the possibility of a collision with an object, such as rail-
way crossing barrier, is high and operate the pre-crash braking function.
To move the vehicle in an emergency, such as if the system operates in a
railway crossing, perform the following operations and then take the nec-
essary measures to ensure your safety.
If the vehicle has been stopped, depress the accelerator pedal.
If the vehicle is decelerating, fully depress the accelerator pedal.
(P. 262)
Disable the pre-crash safety system. (P. 261)
When to disable the pre-crash safety system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
When the vehicle is being towed
When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-
mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal-
ancer
If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi-
cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
When the condition of the tires is poor and they do not perform well
(P. 483, 499)
When tires of a size other than specified are installed
When tire chains are installed
When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 260 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
261
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Enabling/disabling the pre-crash safety system
Press the PCS switch for 3 sec-
onds or more.
The PCS warning light will turn
on and a message will be dis-
played in the multi-information
display,
when the system is
turned off.
To enable the system, press the
PCS switch again.
The pre-crash safety system is
enabled each time the engine is
started.
Changing the pre-crash warning timing
Press the PCS switch to display the current warning timing in the
multi-information display. Each time the PCS switch is pressed in
the displayed state, the timing for the warning changes as follows:
If the operation timing setting has been changed, the setting will be
retained the next time the engine is started.
Far
The warning will begin to oper-
ate earlier than with the default
timing.
Middle
This is the default setting.
Near
The warning will begin to oper-
ate later than with the default
timing.
Changing settings of the pre-crash safety system
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 261 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
262
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Operational conditions
The pre-crash safety system is enabled and determines that the possibility of
a frontal collision with a vehicle is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
Pre-crash warning:
Vehicle speed is approximately 15 to 140 km/h (10 to 86 mph).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and a preceding vehicle is
approximately 15 km/h (10 mph) or more.
Pre-crash brake assist:
Vehicle speed is approximately 30 to 80 km/h (19 to 49 mph).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and a preceding vehicle is
approximately 30 km/h (19 mph) or more.
Pre-crash braking:
Vehicle speed is approximately 10 to 80 km/h (7 to 49 mph).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and a preceding vehicle is
approximately 10 km/h (7 mph) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
If the shift lever is in R
If VSC is disabled (only the pre-crash safety warning function will be opera-
tional)
Cancelation of the pre-crash safety braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-crash safety braking function is
operating, it will be canceled:
The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-crash safety braking
function, the operation of the pre-crash safety braking function will be
canceled after the vehicle has been stopped for approximately 2 seconds.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 262 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
263
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road sur-
face is uneven or undulating
When passing a vehicle in an oncom-
ing lane that is stopped to make a
right/left turn
• When passing an oncoming vehicle
while making a left or right turn
When driving on a road where relative
location to vehicle ahead in an adja-
cent lane may change, such as on a
winding road
When rapidly closing on a preceding
vehicle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 263 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
264
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
When passing extremely close to a
vehicle or structural object
When there is a vehicle or object by
the roadside at the entrance of a
curve
When there is a reflective object
(manhole cover, steel plate, etc.),
steps, dip, or a protrusion on the road
surface or roadside
When passing through a place with a
low structure above the road (low ceil-
ing, traffic sign, etc.)
When there is a structural object
(overpass, traffic sign, billboard,
street light, etc.) at the top of an uphill
road
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 264 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
265
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When using an automatic car wash
When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mis-
taken for a vehicle
• When rapidly closing on an electric
toll gate barrier, parking area barrier,
or other barrier that opens and closes
When approaching a low hanging
object that may contact the vehicle,
such as a banner, tree branches or
thick grass
When the vehicle is hit by water,
snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
When driving through steam or
smoke
When the front part of the vehicle is
raised or lowered
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 265 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
266
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When the sensor is misaligned due to
a strong impact being applied to the
sensor, etc.
When the vehicle is being parked in a
place where there is a low hanging
object at the height of the front sensor
When the windshield is covered with
raindrops, etc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 266 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
267
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Situations in which the system may not operate properly
In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by
the front sensor, preventing the system from operating properly:
If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle
When approaching the side or front of a vehicle
If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead
If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving,
acceleration or deceleration)
When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle
If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer
If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle
or emerges from beside a vehicle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 267 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
268
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
When driving through steam or smoke that may obscure vehicles ahead
When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
While driving on a curve and for a certain amount of time after driving on
a curve
When a vehicle ahead is not directly
in front of your vehicle
When driving in inclement weather
such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sand storm
When a very bright light, such as the
sun or the headlights of oncoming
traffic, shines directly into the front
sensor
• When the surrounding area is dim,
such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 268 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
269
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
If the wheels are misaligned
If a wiper blade is blocking the front sensor
The vehicle is wobbling.
The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
When driving on roads with sharp bends or uneven surfaces
When a preceding vehicle is a poor reflector of laser
In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-
face
If your vehicle is skidding
When the front part of the vehicle is
raised or lowered
When the sensor is misaligned due to
a strong impact being applied to the
sensor, etc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 269 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
270
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the PCS warning light flashes or illuminates and a warning message is
displayed on the multi-information display
The pre-crash safety system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be
a malfunction in the system.
In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will
disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating
conditions return:
When the area around the front sensor is hot, such as in the sun
When the windshield is fogged up or covered with condensation or ice
(P. 406, 413)
When the front sensor or the area around either sensor is cold, such as in
an extremely cold environment
If the area in front of the front sensor is obstructed, such as when the
hood is open
If the PCS warning light continues to flash or illuminate or the warning mes-
sage does not disappear, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional immediately.
If VSC is disabled
If TRC and VSC are disabled (P. 334), the pre-crash safety brake assist
and pre-crash safety braking functions are also disabled. However, the pre-
crash safety warning function will still operate.
The PCS warning light illuminates and “Pre-Crash Brake is disabled due to
VSC OFF.” is displayed on the multi-information display.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 270 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
271
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When driving on roads with white (yellow) lines, this function alerts the
driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane.
The LDA system recognizes visi-
ble white (yellow) lines with the
front sensor on the upper portion
of the windshield.
When the system determines that
the vehicle might depart from its
lane, a warning is displayed on
the multi-information display and
the warning buzzer sounds to
alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer sounds,
check the surrounding road situa-
tion and carefully operate the
steering wheel to move the vehicle
back to the center within the white
(yellow) lines.
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
: If equipped
Summary of function
Lane departure alert function
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 271 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
272
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Before using the LDA system
Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. LDA is not a system which auto-
matically drives the vehicle or reduces the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by always paying careful attention to the sur-
rounding conditions and operate the steering wheel to correct the path of
the vehicle. Also, make sure to take adequate breaks when fatigued, such
as from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
To avoid operating the LDA by mistake
When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc., on the surface of the
lights.
Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be
replaced, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
If your windshield needs repairs, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 272 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
273
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the engine is started
Turning the LDA system on
Indication on the multi-information display
Inside of displayed white lines
is white
Inside of displayed white lines
is black
Indicates that the system is recog-
nizing white (yellow) lines. When
the vehicle departs from its lane,
the white line displayed on the
side the vehicle departs from
flashes orange.
Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or is temporarily canceled.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 273 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
274
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If “Check LDA system.” is displayed on the multi-information display
If the LDA indicator does not come on when the LDA switch is pressed to turn
the system on, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional immediately.
Operation conditions
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
LDA is turned on.
Vehicle speed is approximately 50 km/h (32 mph) or more.
System recognizes white (yellow) lines.
Width of traffic lane is approximately 3 m (9.8 ft.) or more.
Turn signal lever is not operated.
Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius of
more than approximately 150 m (492 ft.).
No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 541)
Temporary cancellation of functions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily
canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation
of the function is automatically restored. (P. 274)
Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio play-
back, etc.
White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road
The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines
could not be recognized.
After the vehicle has been parked in the sun
The LDA system may not be available and a warning message may be dis-
played for a while after starting off. When the temperature in the cabin
decreases and the temperature around the front sensor (P. 254) becomes
suitable for its operation, the system will begin to operate.
If there are lane markers on only one side of the vehicle
The lane departure warning will not operate for the side on which lane mark-
ers could not be recognized.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 274 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
275
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the front sensor may not detect white (yellow) lines
and various functions may not operate normally.
There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front
of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
The white (yellow) lines are cracked, or cat's eyes (reflective markers) or
stones are present.
The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., enters the
camera.
The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
The vehicle is driven on a slope.
The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve.
The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the
beam axis has deviated.
The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
Warning messages for the LDA system
Warning messages are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the
driver of the need for caution while driving.
Customization
P. 11 0
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 275 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
276
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Push the lever away from you with
the headlight switch in
position.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the head-
lights are turned on automatically
to indicate that the system is
active.
: If equipped
Automatic High Beam
The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle front sensor to
assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of vehicles
ahead etc., and automatically turns the high beam on or off as
necessary.
WARNING
Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to
observe your surroundings and turning the high beam on or off manually if
necessary.
To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic High Beam system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 276 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
277
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Switching to low beam
Pull the lever to original posi-
tion.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.
Switching to high beam
Turn the light switch to
position.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Turning the high beam on/off manually
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 277 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
278
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
High beam automatic turning on or off conditions
When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be auto-
matically turned on (after approximately 1 second):
Vehicle speed is approximately 40 km/h (25 mph) or more.
The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
If any of the following conditions is met, the high beams will turn off automat-
ically:
Vehicle speed is below approximately 30 km/h (19 mph).
The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
Vehicles ahead have their headlights or tail lights turned on.
There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
Front sensor detection information
The high beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situa-
tions:
When vehicles ahead suddenly appear from a curve
When the vehicle is cut in front of by another vehicle
When vehicles ahead are hidden from sight due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
When vehicles ahead appear from the faraway lane on wide road
When vehicles ahead have no lights
The high beam may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without using the headlights is detected.
House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs
may cause the high beam to switch to the low beams, or the low beams to
remain on.
The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn the high
beam on or off:
The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead
The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,
etc.)
The number of passengers and amount of luggage
The high beam may be turned on or off when the driver does not expect it.
Bicycles or similar objects may not be detected.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 278 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
279
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
In the situations shown below, the system may not be able to accurately
detect surrounding brightness levels. This may cause the low beams to
remain on or the high beams to cause problems for pedestrians, vehicles
ahead or other parties. In these cases, manually switch between the high
and low beams.
In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms, etc.)
The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
The windshield is cracked or damaged.
The front sensor is deformed or dirty.
The front sensor temperature is extremely high.
Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights
or fog lights.
Vehicles ahead have headlights or tail lights that are either switched off,
dirty, are changing color, or are not aimed properly.
When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness.
When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel tracks, etc.).
When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road.
There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or
a mirror.
The back of a vehicle ahead is highly reflective, such as a container on a
truck.
The vehicle’s headlights are damaged or dirty, or are not aimed properly.
The vehicle is listing or titling due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed, etc.
The high beam and low beam are repeatedly being switched between in
an abnormal manner.
The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-
tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 279 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
280
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
RSA recognizes specific road signs using the front sensor and pro-
vides information to the driver via the multi-information display.
If the system judges that the vehicle is being driven over the speed
limit, performing prohibited actions, etc., in relation to the recognized
road signs, it alerts the driver using a warning display and warning
buzzer
*
.
*
: This setting needs to be customized.
Front sensor
RSA (Road Sign Assist)
: If equipped
Summary of function
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 280 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
281
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
After the front sensor recognizes a sign, it is displayed on the multi-
information display when the vehicle passes the sign.
When the driving assist system
information is selected, a maxi-
mum of 3 signs can be dis-
played. (P. 107)
When other than the driving
assist system information is
selected, a speed limit sign or
an all canceled sign can be dis-
played. (P. 107)
A no overtaking sign and a speed
limit sign with supplemental mark
are not displayed. However, if
signs other than speed limit signs
are recognized, they are men-
tioned in a stack under the current
speed limit sign.
Indication on the multi-information display
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 281 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
282
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The following types of road signs, including electronic signs and blink-
ing signs, are recognized.
A non-official (not meeting the Vienna Convention) or a recently intro-
duced traffic sign may not be recognized.
*
1
: A speed limit sign with a value greater than 130 may not be recognized
and a wrong speed limit may be displayed.
*
2
: If the turn signal indicator is not operated when changing lanes, the mark
does not display.
Types of recognized road signs
Type Multi-information display
Speed limit begins/ends
*
1
Speed limit with
supplemental
mark
(Displayed simul-
taneously with
speed limit)
(Display example)
Rain
Ice
On/off ramp
*
2
Supplemental
mark exists
(Contents not rec-
ognized)
No overtaking begins/ends
All canceled
(All restrictions canceled. Returns to
default road regulation.)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 282 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
283
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
In the following situations, the RSA system alerts the driver using a
warning display.
When the vehicle speed exceeds the speed warning threshold
applied to the speed limit of the sign displayed on the multi-informa-
tion display, the sign color becomes inverted.
If it is detected that your vehicle is overtaking when a no overtaking
sign is displayed on the multi-information display, the sign flashes.
Depending on the situation, traffic environment (traffic direction,
speed, unit) may be detected incorrectly and a warning display may
not operate properly.
Automatic turn-off of RSA sign display
One or more signs automatically turn off in the following situations.
A new sign is not recognized for a certain distance.
The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc.
Depending on the situation, the driving behavior (turning, lane change, etc.)
may be detected incorrectly and the automatic turn-off may not operate
properly.
Warning display
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 283 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
284
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Conditions in which the function may not operate or detect correctly
In the following situations, RSA does not operate normally and may not rec-
ognize signs, display the incorrect sign, etc. However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
The front sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact being applied to the
sensor, etc.
Dirt, snow, stickers, etc., are on the windshield near the front sensor.
In inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or sand storms
Light from an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., enters the front sensor.
The sign is small, dirty, faded, tilted or bent, and if an electronic sign, the
contrast is poor.
All or part of the sign is hidden by the leaves of a tree, a pole, etc.
The sign is only visible to the front sensor for a short amount of time.
The driving scene (turning, lane change, etc.) is judged incorrectly.
Even if it is a sign not appropriate for the currently traveled lane, such a sign
exists directly after a freeway branches, or in an adjacent lane just before
merging.
Stickers are attached to the rear of the preceding vehicle.
A sign resembling a system compatible sign is recognized.
The vehicle is driven in a country with a different direction of traffic.
Side road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if positioned in sight
of the front sensor) while the vehicle is traveling on the main road.
Roundabout exit road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if posi-
tioned in sight of the front sensor) while traveling on a roundabout.
The speed information displayed on the meter and that displayed on the
Navigation system (if equipped) may be different due to the Navigation sys-
tem using map data.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 284 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
285
4-5. Toyota Safety Sense
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When driving vehicle in country with different speed unit
Since RSA recognizes signs based on the set unit of the meter, it is neces-
sary to change the set unit of the meter. Adjust the set unit of the meter to the
speed unit of signs in the current location. (P. 630)
Turning the system on/off
Speed limit sign display
If the engine switch was last turned off while a speed limit sign was displayed
on the multi-information display, the same sign displays again when the
engine switch is turned to “ON” position (vehicles without smart entry & start
system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart entry & start system).
When “Check RSA system.” is displayed on the multi-information dis-
play
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional immediately.
Customization
The settings for warning display, warning buzzer
*
, speeding warning thresh-
old, etc., can be changed. (Customizable feature: P. 630)
*
: If a speed limit with supplemental mark is exceeded, the warning buzzer
does not operate.
Select on the settings display
(P. 113)
Press the enter/set switch on the meter
control switches.
WARNING
Before using the RSA
Do not rely solely upon the RSA system. RSA is a system which supports
the driver by providing information, but it is not a replacement for a driver’s
own vision and awareness. Drive safely by always paying careful attention
to the traffic rules.
Inappropriate or negligent driving could lead to an unexpected accident.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 285 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
286
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4-6. Using the driving support systems
When the shift lever is in D or M
Stopping the engine
While driving with the shift lever
in D or M, depress the brake
pedal, and stop the vehicle.
The Stop & Start indicator will
come on.
Restarting the engine
Release the brake pedal.
The Stop & Start indicator will turn off.
Stop & Start system (Smart Stop)
: If equipped
The Stop & Start system stops and restarts the engine according
to the brake pedal or shift lever operation (vehicles with a
Multidrive), or clutch pedal operation (vehicles with a manual
transmission) when the vehicle is stopped.
Stop & Start system operation (vehicles with a Multidrive)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 286 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
287
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When the shift lever is shifted to P or N
Stopping the engine
Depress the brake pedal,
and stop the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to P or N.
(P. 223)
The Stop & Start indicator will
come on.
If the shift lever is shifted to P or
N from D or M while the engine
is stopped by the Stop & Start
system, the engine will remain
stopped.
Restarting the engine
Shift the shift lever to D, M, or R. (P. 223)
Depress the brake pedal while shifting the shift lever.
The Stop & Start indicator will turn off.
Stopping the engine
With the clutch pedal fully
depressed, depress the
brake pedal, and stop the
vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N (P.
230), and release the clutch
pedal.
The Stop & Start indicator will
come on.
Restarting the engine
Check that the shift lever is in N and depress the clutch pedal.
The Stop & Start indicator will turn off.
1
2
Stop & Start system operation
(vehicles with a manual transmission)
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 287 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
288
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press the Stop & Start cancel
switch to disable the Stop & Start
system.
The Stop & Start cancel indicator
will come on.
Pressing the switch again will
enable the Stop & Start system and
the Stop & Start cancel indicator
will turn off.
Automatic reactivation of the Stop & Start system
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Even if the Stop & Start system is disabled by the Stop & Start can-
cel switch, it will be automatically re-enabled once the engine
switch is turned to the “LOCK” position then to the “START” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Even if the Stop & Start system is disabled by the Stop & Start can-
cel switch, it will be automatically re-enabled once the engine
switch is turned off, and then the engine is started.
If the Stop & Start cancel switch is pressed while the vehicle is
stopped
When the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system, pressing
the Stop & Start cancel switch will restart the engine.
From the next time the vehicle is stopped (after Stop & Start sys-
tem has been turned off), the engine will not be stopped.
With the Stop & Start system disabled, pressing the Stop & Start
cancel switch will re-enable the system but not stop the engine.
From the next time the vehicle is stopped (after Stop & Start sys-
tem has been turned on), the engine will be stopped.
Disabling the Stop & Start system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 288 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
289
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
After the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system when the vehi-
cle is on an incline, brake force is temporarily maintained to prevent
rolling backwards until the engine is restarted and drive force is gener-
ated.
When drive force is generated, the maintained brake force is automat-
ically canceled.
This function operates on flat surfaces as well as steep inclines.
Sound may be generated from the brakes, but this is not a malfunc-
tion.
Brake pedal response may change and vibration may occur, but
these are not malfunctions.
Operating conditions
The Stop & Start system is operational when all of the following conditions
are met:
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The brake pedal is being depressed firmly.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The shift lever is in a position other than R.
is off.
The drivers seat belt is fastened.
The engine is adequately warmed up.
The drivers door is closed.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The accelerator pedal is not being depressed.
Vehicles with a manual transmission: The clutch pedal is not being
depressed.
The outside temperature is -5°C (23°F) or higher.
Vehicles with a manual transmission: The shift lever is in N.
The hood is closed.
Hill-start assist control (vehicles with a Multidrive)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 289 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
290
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
In the following situations the engine may not be stopped by the Stop & Start
system. This is not a malfunction of the Stop & Start system.
The air conditioning system is being used when the ambient temperature
is high or low.
The battery is not sufficiently charged or is undergoing a periodic
recharge.
The brake booster vacuum is low.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline.
The steering wheel is being operated.
Due to traffic or other circumstances the vehicle is stopped repeatedly.
The vehicle is being driven in a high altitude area.
Engine coolant temperature or transmission fluid temperature is
extremely low or high.
The battery fluid temperature is extremely low or high.
The battery was recently replaced or the battery terminals were recently
disconnected.
Vehicles with a power heater: The power heater is being used.
In the following situations, the engine will restart automatically if the engine
is stopped by the Stop & Start system. (To enable stopping of the engine by
the Stop & Start system, drive the vehicle.)
The air conditioning system is turned on.
is turned on.
The steering wheel is operated.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The shift lever is shifted to R from D or M.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The shift lever is shifted to D, M or R from P or
N.
The drivers seat belt is unfastened.
The drivers door is opened.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The accelerator pedal is depressed.
The Stop & Start cancel switch is pressed.
The vehicle starts to roll on an incline.
Vehicles with a power heater: The power heater is turned on.
In the following situations, the engine may restart automatically if the engine
is stopped by the Stop & Start system. (To enable stopping of the engine by
the Stop & Start system, drive the vehicle.)
The brake pedal is pumped or strongly depressed.
The air conditioning system is being used.
The battery is not sufficiently charged.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 290 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
291
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Hood
Vehicles with a Multidrive: If the hood is opened while the engine is stopped
by the Stop & Start system with the shift lever in D or M, the engine will stall
and will not be able to be restarted by the automatic engine start function. In
this case, restart the engine using the normal engine starting procedure.
(P. 209, 213)
Vehicles with a Multidrive: If the hood is opened while the engine is stopped
by the Stop & Start system with the shift lever in P or N, the engine will be
restarted automatically.
Vehicles with a manual transmission: If the hood is opened while the engine
is stopped by the Stop & Start system, the engine will stall and will not be
able to be restarted by the automatic engine start function. In this case,
restart the engine using the normal engine starting procedure.
(P. 209, 213)
If the hood is closed after the engine is started with the hood open, the Stop
& Start system will not operate. Close the hood, turn the engine switch off,
wait 30 seconds or more, and then start the engine.
When to use the Stop & Start system
Vehicles with a manual transmission: If the engine is stopped by the Stop &
Start system and the shift lever is shifted into a position other than N with the
clutch pedal released, a buzzer will sound and Stop & Start indicator will
flash. This indicates that the engine is only stopped by the Stop & Start sys-
tem, not that the engine has been turned off completely.
Use the Stop & Start system when stopping the vehicle temporarily at red
lights, intersections, etc. When stopping the vehicle for a longer period of
time, stop the engine completely.
When the system does not operate, is canceled, or is malfunctioning, warn-
ing messages (vehicles with a 2-ring meter only) and a warning buzzer are
used to inform the driver. (P. 294)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: If the engine switch is pressed
when the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system, the engine will stall
and will not be able to be restarted by the automatic engine start function. In
this case, restart the engine using the normal engine starting procedure.
(P. 209, 213)
When the engine is restarted by the Stop & Start system, the power outlet
may be temporarily unusable, but this is not a malfunction.
Installation and removal of electrical components and wireless devices may
affect the Stop & Start system. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional for details.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 291 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
292
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the windshield is fogged up while the engine is stopped by the Stop &
Start system
Turn on. (The engine will start due to the automatic engine start func-
tion.): P. 413
If the windshield fogs up frequently, press the Stop & Start cancel switch to
disable the system.
Air conditioning system while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start
system
While the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system, the air conditioning
system (cooling, heating and dehumidifying functions) is canceled and will
only blow air or will stop blowing air. In order to prevent the air conditioning
system from being canceled, disable the Stop & Start system by pressing the
Stop & Start cancel switch.
Changing the idling stop time with the air conditioning system on
The length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the air condition-
ing system is on can be changed by performing the following operation. (The
length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the air conditioning
system is off cannot be changed.)
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Setting by pressing and holding the Stop & Start cancel switch
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Setting by pressing and holding the Stop & Start cancel switch
Each time the Stop & Start cancel switch is pressed and held for 3 seconds
or more, the system switches between standard and extended. The system
status can be confirmed on the multi-information display (Settings
display) screen. (P. 11 3 )
Settings from the (Settings display) screen of the multi-information
display
P. 11 3
Each time the Stop & Start cancel
switch is pressed and held for 3 sec-
onds or more, the length of the opera-
tion time will be changed. The current
setting will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
Standard
Extended
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 292 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
293
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
The Stop & Start system protection function
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: When an excessively loud
sound is being projected by the audio system, the audio system may be
automatically cut off in order to reduce battery consumption. If it occurs, turn
the engine switch off, wait for 3 seconds or longer and then turn it to “ACC”
or “ON” position to re-enable the audio system.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: When an excessively loud sound
is being projected by the audio system, the audio system may be automati-
cally cut off in order to reduce battery consumption. If it occurs, turn the
engine switch off, wait for 3 seconds or longer and then turn it to ACCES-
SORY mode or IGNITION ON mode to re-enable the audio system.
The audio system may not be activated when the battery terminals are dis-
connected and then reconnected. If it occurs, turn the engine switch off and
then repeat the following operation twice to activate the audio system nor-
mally.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine switch to
“ON” position and then to OFF.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine switch to
IGNITION ON mode and then to OFF.
Replacing the battery
P. 598
Displaying the Stop & Start system status
P. 111
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 293 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
294
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Multi-information display messages (vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
If the following situations, and a message may be displayed on the
multi-information display.
When the engine cannot be stopped by the Stop & Start system
Message Details
“Depress brake
firmly to activate.”
The brake pedal is not depressed
enough.
If the brake pedal is depressed further, the
system will operate.
“For climate con-
trol.”
The air conditioning system is being
used when the ambient temperature is
high or low.
If the difference between the set tempera-
ture and cabin temperature is small, the
system will be enabled.
is ON.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 294 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
295
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
“Battery charging.”
The battery charge amount may be low.
Engine stop is temporarily prohibited to
prioritize charging of the battery, but if the
engine is operated for a short while,
engine stop is allowed.
A refresh charge may be occurring
(Examples: A short time after replacing
the battery, removing battery terminals,
etc.)
After a refresh charge of approximately 5
to 40 minutes completes, the system can
be operated.
The engine may have been started with
the hood opened.
Close the hood, turn the engine switch off,
wait for a short while, and then start the
engine.
The battery may be cold.
Operating the engine for a short while
allows the system to recover due to the
temperature increase in the engine com-
partment.
The battery may be extremely hot.
If the engine is stopped and the engine
compartment is allowed to cool sufficiently,
the system recovers.
“For brake sys-
tem.”
The vehicle is being driven in a high
altitude area.
The brake booster vacuum is low.
When the brake booster vacuum reaches
a predetermined level, the system will be
enabled.
“Bonnet open.”
The engine has been started with the
hood opened.
To enable the system, close the hood, turn
the engine switch off, wait for a short
while, and then start the engine.
“Driver seat belt
unbuckled.”
The driver seat belt is not fastened.
Message Details
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 295 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
296
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When the engine automatically restarts while stopped by the Stop & Start
system
Vehicles with a manual transmission: When the engine cannot be restarted
by the Stop & Start system
“Non-dedicated
battery.”
(8NR-FTS engine
only)
A non-dedicated battery for the Stop &
Start system may have been installed.
The Stop & Start system does not operate.
Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Message Details
Message Details
“For climate con-
trol.”
The air conditioning system has been
turned on or is being used.
has been turned on.
“For brake sys-
tem.”
The brake pedal has been depressed fur-
ther or pumped.
The system will be enabled after the
engine runs and the brake booster vac-
uum reaches a predetermined level.
“Battery charging.”
The battery charge amount may be low.
The engine is restarted to prioritize battery
charging. Operating the engine for a short
while allows the system to recover.
“Steering wheel
turned.”
The steering wheel was operated.
“Bonnet open.”
The hood has been opened.
“Driver seat belt
unbuckled.”
The driver seat belt has been unfastened.
Message Details
“Stop & Start sys-
tem active. Shift to
N and depress
clutch to restart.”
The shift lever has been shifted from N to
another position with the clutch pedal
released.
To restart the engine, shift the shift lever to
N and then depress the clutch pedal.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 296 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
297
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
If “Stop & Start system malfunction. Inspect at dealer.” is displayed on
the multi-information display (vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
If the Stop & Start cancel indicator continues to flash
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
WARNING
When the Stop & Start system is operating
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking
brake when necessary while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start sys-
tem (while the Stop & Start indicator is on).
Vehicles with a manual transmission: Keep the shift lever in N and depress
the brake pedal or apply the parking brake while the engine is stopped by
the Stop & Start system (while the Stop & Start indicator is on).
Do not allow anyone to leave the vehicle while the engine is stopped by
the Stop & Start system (while the Stop & Start indicator is on).
An accident may occur due to the automatic engine start function.
Ensure that the engine is not stopped by the Stop & Start system while the
vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area. The engine may restart due to the
automatic engine start function, causing exhaust gases to collect and
enter the vehicle, possibly resulting in death or a serious health hazard.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 297 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
298
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
To ensure the system operates correctly
If any of the following situations occur, the Stop & Start system may not
operate correctly. Have your vehicle checked by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
While the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt reminder light flashes.
Even though the driver’s seat belt is not fastened, the driver’s and front
passengers seat belt reminder light does not illuminate.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: Even though the driver’s door is closed, the
open door warning light is illuminated or the interior light is illuminated
when the interior light switch is in the door position.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: Even though the driver’s door is closed, the
open door warning is displayed on the multi-information display or the inte-
rior light is illuminated when the interior light switch is in the door position.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: Even though the drivers door is open, the
open door warning light does not illuminate or the interior light does not
illuminate when the interior light switch is in the door position.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: Even though the drivers door is open, the
open door warning is not displayed on the multi-information display or the
interior light does not illuminate when the interior light switch is in the door
position.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 298 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
299
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without operating the
accelerator pedal.
Indicators
Cruise control switch
Cruise control
: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 299 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
300
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Cruise control indicator will come
on.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed
(above approximately 40 km/h
[25 mph]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
Setting the vehicle speed
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 300 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
301
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is obtained.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever
in the desired direction.
The set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time the lever is
operated.
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased continu-
ally until the lever is released.
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the constant speed
control.
The speed setting is also canceled
when the brake pedal or clutch
pedal (manual transmission only)
is depressed.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the constant speed control.
However, resuming is available when the vehicle speed is more than
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
Canceling and resuming the constant speed control
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 301 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
302
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Cruise control can be set when
Vehicles with a Multidrive
The shift lever is in the D or range 4 or higher of M has been selected.
Range 4 or higher has been selected by using the paddle shift.
(vehicles with paddle shift switch)
Vehicle speed is above approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Vehicle speed is above approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can be accelerated by operating accelerator pedal. After accel-
erating, the set speed resumes.
Even without canceling the cruise control, the set speed can be increased
by first accelerating the vehicle to the desired speed and then pushing the
lever down to set the new speed.
Automatic cruise control cancelation
Cruise control is automatically canceled in any of the following situations.
Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 16 km/h (10 mph) below
the set speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
VSC is activated.
Speed limiter is activated. (if equipped)
If the cruise control indicator light comes on in yellow (vehicles with a 3-
ring meter) or “Check cruise control system.” is displayed on the multi-
information display (vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the system, and then press
the button again to reactivate the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels imme-
diately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise control
system. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 302 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
303
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control and could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
In heavy traffic
On roads with sharp bends
On winding roads
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 303 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
304
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
A desired maximum speed can be set using the cruise control switch.
The speed limiter prevents vehicle speed from exceeding the set
speed.
Indicator
Speed limiter switch
Set speed
Speed limiter
: If equipped
Summary of functions
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 304 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
305
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Turn the speed limiter switch
on.
Press the switch once more to
deactivate the speed limiter.
Accelerate or decelerate to the
desired speed and push the
lever down to set the desired
maximum speed.
If the lever is pushed down while
the vehicle speed is below 30 km/h
(20 mph), the set speed will be 30
km/h (20 mph).
*
1
: Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
*
2
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Increase speed
Decrease speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is obtained.
Fine adjustment of the set speed
can be made by lightly pushing the
lever up or down and releasing it.
Setting the vehicle speed
*
1
*
2
Type A
Type B
1
*
1
*
2
2
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 305 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
306
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Cancel
Pull the lever towards you to can-
cel the speed limiter.
Resume
To resume use of the speed limiter,
push the lever up.
Exceeding the set speed
In the following situations, the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed and dis-
play characters will flash:
When fully depressing the accelerator pedal
When driving down a slope
Automatic speed limiter cancelation
The speed limiter is automatically canceled in any of the following situations:
Cruise control is activated.
8NR-FTS engine only: When the VSC system and/or TRC system is turned
off by pressing the VSC OFF switch.
If the speed limiter indicator comes on in yellow (vehicles with a 3-ring
meter) or “Check speed limiter system.” is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display (vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
Stop the engine and then restart the engine. After restarting the engine, set
the speed limiter. If the speed limiter cannot be set, there may be a malfunc-
tion in the speed limiter. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Canceling and resuming the speed limiter
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 306 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
307
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
To avoid operating the speed limiter by mistake
Keep the speed limiter button off when not in use.
Situations unsuitable for speed limiter
Do not use speed limiter in either of the following situations.
Doing so may result in control of the vehicle being lost and could cause an
accident resulting in death or serious injury.
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep hills
When your vehicle is towing a trailer
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 307 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
308
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Types of sensors
Toyota parking assist-sensor
: If equipped
Vehicles without a navigation/multimedia system:
The distance from your vehicle to nearby obstacles when paral-
lel parking or maneuvering into a garage is measured by the
sensors and communicated via the multi-information display
and a buzzer. Always check the surrounding area when using
this system.
Vehicles with a navigation/multimedia system:
Refer to the “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s man-
ual”.
Front center sensors
Front corner sensors
Front side sensors
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 308 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
309
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Enabling/disabling the Toyota parking assist-sensor system
This system can be enabled/disabled on the multi-information dis-
play.
Display the settings display (P. 107), and then press /
on the meter control switches to select .
Press on the meter con-
trol switches to enable/dis-
able the system.
When enabled, the Toyota
parking assist-sensor indica-
tor will illuminate.
When the sensors detect an obstacle, a graphic is shown on the multi
information display depending on the position and distance to the
obstacle.
Front center sensor operation
Front corner sensor and front
side sensor operation
Rear corner sensor operation
Rear center sensor operation
1
2
Display
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 309 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
310
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When a sensor detects an obstacle, the direction of and the approxi-
mate distance to the obstacle are displayed and the buzzer sounds.
Corner sensors
The distance display and buzzer
Approximate distance to
obstacle
Multi-information
display
Buzzer
50 to 37.5 cm
(1.6 to 1.2 ft.)
Medium
37.5 to 25 cm
(1.2 to 0.8 ft.)
Fast
Less than 25 cm
(0.8 ft.)
Continuous
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 310 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
311
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Front side sensors
Center sensors
Approximate distance to
obstacle
Multi-information
display
Buzzer
Less than 25 cm
(0.8 ft.)
Continuous
Approximate distance to
obstacle
Multi-information
display
Buzzer
Front: 100 to 55 cm
(3.3 to 1.8 ft.)
Rear: 150 to 55 cm
(4.9 to 1.8 ft.)
Slow
55 to 42.5 cm
(1.8 to 1.4 ft.)
Medium
42.5 to 30 cm
(1.4 to 1.0 ft.)
Fast
Less than 30 cm
(1.0 ft.)
Continuous
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 311 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
312
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Approximately 100 cm (3.3 ft.)
Approximately 150 cm (4.9 ft.)
Approximately 25 cm (0.8 ft.)
Approximately 50 cm (1.6 ft.)
Approximately 50 cm (1.6 ft.)
The diagram shows the detection
range of the sensors. Note that the
sensors cannot detect obstacles
that are extremely close to the
vehicle.
The range of the sensors may
change depending on the shape of
the object etc.
Detection range of the sensors
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 312 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
313
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
The Toyota parking assist-sensor can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Front sensors:
Vehicles with a Multidrive:
The shift lever is in a position other than P.
Vehicles with a manual transmission:
The parking brake is not applied.
The vehicle speed is less than about 10 km/h (6 mph).
(At any speed when the shift lever is in R)
Rear sensors:
The shift lever is in R.
Sensor detection information
Certain vehicle conditions and the surrounding environment may affect the
ability of the sensor to correctly detect obstacles. Particular instances where
this may occur are listed below.
There is dirt, snow or ice on the sensor.
A sensor is frozen.
A sensor is covered in any way.
The vehicle is leaning considerably to one side.
On an extremely bumpy road, on an incline, on gravel, or on grass.
• The vicinity of the vehicle is noisy due to vehicle horns, motorcycle
engines, air brakes of large vehicles, or other loud noises producing ultra-
sonic waves.
There is another vehicle equipped with parking assist sensors in the
vicinity.
A sensor is coated with a sheet of spray or heavy rain.
The vehicle is equipped with a fender pole or wireless antenna.
Towing eyelet is installed.
A bumper or sensor receives a strong impact.
The vehicle is approaching a tall or curved curb.
In harsh sunlight or intense cold weather.
A non-genuine Toyota suspension (lowered suspension etc.) is installed.
In addition to the examples above, there are instances in which, because of
their shapes, signs and other objects may be judged by the sensor to be
closer than they are.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 313 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
314
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The shape of the obstacle may prevent the sensor from detecting it. Pay
particular attention to the following obstacles:
Wires, fences, ropes, etc.
Cotton, snow and other materials that absorb sound waves
Sharply-angled objects
Low obstacles
Tall obstacles with upper sections projecting outwards in the direction of
your vehicle
If “Clean sonar.” is displayed on the multi-information display
A sensor may be dirty or covered with snow or ice. In this case, clean the
sensor and the system should return to normal.
If a sensor is frozen due to low temperatures, a warning message may be dis-
played or an obstacle may not be detected. When the sensor thaws out, the
system should return to normal.
If “Check sonar system.” is displayed on the multi-information display
The system may not operate due to the malfunction of a sensor.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
WARNING
Caution when using the Toyota parking assist-sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely
and possibly cause an accident.
Do not use the sensor at speeds in excess of 10 km/h (6 mph).
Do not attach any accessories within the sensor range.
NOTICE
Notes on the Toyota parking assist-sensor
Do not apply intensive bursts of water or steam to the sensor area.
Doing so may result in the sensor malfunctioning.
If your vehicle is involved in an accident, it will affect the sensors and may
result in a system failure.
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 314 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
315
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Simple-IPA switch
Display
Indicator
Simple-IPA (Simple-Intelligent Parking
Assist)
: If equipped
Simple-IPA is a system that assists parallel parking operations.
When parking between two parked vehicles or in the space
behind one parked vehicle, the sensors installed on the sides of
the front bumper are utilized and a space which the vehicle can
be parked in is detected. Parking operations are then assisted
by automatic operation of the steering wheel.
Detecting allowable parking space
Parking the vehicle in a detected parking space
*
Turning the steering wheel to park in the target parking space
*
Parking in the target parking space is complete
*
*
: The steering wheel is operated automatically.
Simple-IPA switch and multi-information display
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 315 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
316
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Operate Simple-IPA according to the multi-information display and the
buzzer.
The system detects parking spaces on the front passengers side of the
vehicle and assists with parking in a detected space.
When parking in a space on the driver’s side of the vehicle, move the turn
signal lever to indicate turning on the driver’s seat side. Leave the turn sig-
nal lever in that position until automatic steering begins.
Turn the Simple-IPA switch on
with the vehicle driving at 30
km/h (18 mph) or less.
The multi-information display
changes to the parking space
detection screen when the system
is operating.
Drive the vehicle while main-
taining a distance of approxi-
mately 1 m (3 ft.) from the
parked vehicles.
Drive the vehicle as parallel to the
parked vehicles and curb as possi-
ble.
Lower vehicle speeds allow the
system to assist in parking the
vehicle more parallel to the parked
vehicles and curb, and in a more
proper position between vehicles
at the front and rear of a parking
space.
The required length for a parking
space to be detected is the total
vehicle length plus approximately 1
m (3 ft.).
Maintain a vehicle speed of 30 km/h (18 mph) or less.
Operating Simple-IPA
1
Approx. 1 m (3 ft.)
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 316 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
317
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When the multi-information dis-
play changes, reduce the vehi-
cle speed.
Move the vehicle forward slowly
until the buzzer sounds.
Stop the vehicle when the
buzzer sounds.
The multi-information display will
change.
Visually check that the detected
space is safe for parking.
If the vehicle moves 10 m (32 ft.) or
more after the buzzer sounds,
detection of a new parking space
will begin.
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 317 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
318
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Shift the shift lever to R.
The multi-information display will
change, Simple-IPA indicator will
come on and automatic steering
will begin. While taking care not to
catch your hands on the steering
wheel and checking the safety of
the surrounding area, reverse the
vehicle slowly by operating the
accelerator and brake pedals.
During automatic steering, main-
tain a vehicle speed of 6 km/h (3
mph) or less.
When the multi-information dis-
play changes, reduce the vehi-
cle speed.
While checking the safety of the
area behind the vehicle, reverse
the vehicle slowly.
5
6
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 318 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
319
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When the rear Toyota parking
assist-sensor’s warning buzzer
sounds continuously, com-
pletely stop the vehicle immedi-
ately.
The multi-information display will
change when the warning buzzer
starts sounding continuously.
Shift the shift lever to D (Multidrive) or 1 (manual transmission).
While the steering wheel is turning, keep the vehicle at a complete stop.
When the steering wheel stops turning, move the vehicle forward slowly
while checking the safety of the area in front of the vehicle.
When the front Toyota parking
assist-sensor’s warning buzzer
sounds continuously, com-
pletely stop the vehicle immedi-
ately.
The multi-information display will
change when the warning buzzer
starts sounding continuously.
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 319 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
320
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Shift the shift lever to R.
While the steering wheel is turning, keep the vehicle at a complete stop.
When the steering wheel stops turning, reverse the vehicle slowly while
checking the safety of the area behind the vehicle.
Repeat steps through
until the parking assist opera-
tion has completed.
When the parking assist operation
has completed, the buzzer sounds,
the Simple-IPA indicator turns off
and the multi-information display
changes.
Adjust the vehicle position and/or
angle as necessary to complete
parking the vehicle.
10
11 7 10
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 320 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
321
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
When a message is shown on the multi-information display
Message Cause What to do
“IPA slot not detected,
speed too high.”
The vehicle speed
exceeded 30 km/h (18
mph).
Reduce vehicle speed
to 30 km/h (18 mph) or
less.
“IPA cancelled, take
over.”
The Simple-IPA switch
was turned off.
Turn the Simple-IPA
switch on.
The Simple-IPA switch
was turned on while
reversing.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
The shift lever was
shifted to R during
detection of a parking
space.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
The shift lever was
shifted to a position
other than R after the
automatic steering
began and before the
vehicle enters a park-
ing space.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 321 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
322
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
“IPA cancelled, take
over.”
The steering wheel
could not be turned suf-
ficiently due to reasons
such as low tire pres-
sure, tire wear, the
influence of road condi-
tions, being on a slope,
etc., therefore the vehi-
cle could not be parked
in the desired space.
Check tires for wear
and pressure.
If this message is dis-
played when the
vehicle is parked in
other spaces, have
the vehicle inspected
by any authorized
Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another
duly qualified and
equipped profes-
sional.
The power steering
temporarily over-
heated.
Attempt to use Simple-
IPA after waiting a little
while.
Possible system mal-
function.
Have the vehicle
inspected by any
authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified
and equipped profes-
sional.
“IPA cancelled, take
over, driver intervened.”
The steering wheel was
manually operated
during automatic steer-
ing.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
“IPA cancelled, take
over, speed too high.”
The vehicle speed
exceeded 50 km/h (31
mph) during detection
of a parking space.
Reduce vehicle speed
to 30 km/h (18 mph) or
less and turn the Sim-
ple-IPA switch on.
The vehicle speed
exceeded 6 km/h (3
mph) during automatic
steering.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
Message Cause What to do
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 322 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
323
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
“IPA cancelled, take
over, TRC/ABS/VSC
activated.”
The TRC, VSC or ABS
operated.
• If the operation was
canceled during
detection of a parking
space, turn the Sim-
ple-IPA switch on
again.
• If the operation was
canceled during
automatic steering,
park the vehicle man-
ually or detect
another parking
space.
“IPA cancelled, take
over, TRC/VSC is off.”
The switch was
turned off.
Turn the switch
on.
“IPA cancelled, take
over, timeout.”
More than 6 minutes
have elapsed since the
Simple-IPA switch was
turned on and the shift
lever was shifted to R,
before automatic steer-
ing could begin.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
More than 6 minutes
have elapsed since the
shift lever was shifted
to R and automatic
steering began, before
the parking assist oper-
ation could complete.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
The total stop time
during automatic steer-
ing exceeded 2 min-
utes.
Park the vehicle manu-
ally or detect another
parking space.
“IPA cancelled, take
over, check IPA sys-
tem.”
System malfunction.
Have the vehicle
inspected by any
authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified
and equipped profes-
sional.
Message Cause What to do
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 323 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
324
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
“IPA not available.”
The power steering is
temporarily overheat-
ing.
Attempt to use Simple-
IPA after waiting a little
while.
The engine has not
been started.
Start the engine.
Possible system mal-
function.
Have the vehicle
inspected by any
authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified
and equipped profes-
sional.
“IPA not available,
speed too high.”
Excessive vehicle
speed (over 50 km/h
[31 mph])
Reduce vehicle speed
to 30 km/h (18 mph) or
less and turn the Sim-
ple-IPA switch on.
“IPA not available,
TRC/VSC is off.”
The switch is off.
After turning the
switch on, turn the Sim-
ple-IPA switch on.
“IPA not available, stop
the vehicle, turn wheel
from left end to right
end.”
System initialization
has not been per-
formed since the bat-
tery was disconnected/
reconnected.
Perform initialization.
P. 326
“Check IPA system.” System malfunction.
Have the vehicle
inspected by any
authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified
and equipped profes-
sional.
Message Cause What to do
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 324 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
325
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Operation conditions of Simple-IPA
The engine is started.
The switch is on.
The vehicle speed is 30 km/h (18 mph) or less. (During automatic steering,
the vehicle speed is 6 km/h [3 mph] or less.)
Canceling of the Simple-IPA operation
Simple-IPA operation will be canceled when:
The Simple-IPA switch is turned off.
The ABS, VSC or TRC is operating.
The shift lever is shifted to R during detection of a parking space.
The shift lever is shifted to R and the vehicle is reversed 1 m (3 ft.) or more
after a parking space has been detected and before the buzzer sounds.
The steering wheel is operated manually during automatic steering.
It takes more than 6 minutes for automatic steering to begin after the Sim-
ple-IPA switch is turned on and the shift lever is shifted to R.
The shift lever is shifted to a position other than R after the automatic steer-
ing began and before the vehicle enters a parking space.
It takes more than 6 minutes to complete parking after the shift lever was
shifted to R and automatic steering began.
The total stop time during automatic steering exceeds 2 minutes.
Resume function of Simple-IPA
If Simple-IPA is canceled due to one of the following operations, Simple-IPA
operation may be able to be resumed by pressing the Simple-IPA switch
depending on conditions such as the vehicle stopped position and steering
wheel angle.
The steering wheel is operated manually during automatic steering.
The vehicle speed exceeds 6 km/h (3 mph) during automatic steering.
The shift lever is moved to a position other than R after the automatic steer-
ing began and before the vehicle enters a parking space.
If operation is not resumed, park the vehicle manually or detect another park-
ing space.
When using Simple-IPA repeatedly
When Simple-IPA is used repeatedly, the power steering may overheat tem-
porarily. It may deactivate or cancel Simple-IPA operation. In this case, wait a
few minutes before using Simple-IPA again.
Toyota parking assist-sensor operation during Simple-IPA operation
Even if the Toyota parking assist-sensor is turned off while Simple-IPA is acti-
vated, the Toyota parking assist-sensor will keep operating. In this case,
when Simple-IPA operation is complete or canceled, the Toyota parking
assist-sensor will be deactivated.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 325 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
326
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Stop & Start system operation during Simple-IPA operation (vehicles
with a Stop & Start system)
The Stop & Start system does not operate during Simple-IPA operation. If the
Simple-IPA switch is turned on during Stop & Start system operation, Stop &
Start system operation will be canceled.
When the cabin temperature is high
The sensors may not work properly when the cabin temperature is high due
to parking the vehicle in the sun. Use Simple-IPA after the cabin cools down.
Sensors used by Simple-IPA
P. 308
Initializing Simple-IPA
Within 15 seconds of turning the Simple-IPA switch on, turn the steering
wheel all the way to the left or right and then to the opposite side.
When the parking space detection screen is displayed, the initialization is
complete.
If pressing the Simple-IPA switch again still shows “IPA not available, stop the
vehicle, turn wheel from left end to right end.” on the multi-information display,
the initialization has failed. Have the vehicle inspected at any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 326 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
327
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Cautions regarding the use of Simple-IPA
Never depend on the Simple-IPA entirely when parking. The driver is
responsible for safety. Use caution, just as you would when parking any
vehicle.
Back up slowly, using the brake pedal to control the vehicle’s speed.
If it seems likely to hit nearby vehicles, obstacles, or people, depress the
brake pedal to stop the vehicle, and the disable the system.
Conditions in which the use of Simple-IPA is prohibited
Do not use Simple-IPA under the following conditions.
Doing so may cause improper operation and lead to an unexpected acci-
dent.
On sharp bends or slopes.
On slippery or icy roads, or in snow.
On uneven road surfaces such as gravel.
During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, or a sandstorm.
When the tires are extremely worn or tire pressure is low.
When the vehicle has improper wheel alignment due to tires having
received a strong impact such as bumping against a curb.
When the compact spare tire (if equipped) or snow chains are installed.
When the tires slid while attempting to park.
When fallen leaves or snow is in a parking space.
When items such as a towing bracket, trailer, bicycle carrier, etc. are
installed on the rear of the vehicle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 327 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
328
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When a vehicle of which the front/rear end is above the detection area,
such as a truck, bus or vehicle with a towing bracket, trailer, bicycle carrier,
etc., is parked at the front or rear of the parking space.
If the front bumper has been damaged.
If the sensor is covered by the front bumper cover, etc.
If a vehicle or obstacle is not in a suitable position at the front or rear of the
parking space.
Automatic steering precautions
As the steering wheel moves automatically in the parking assist function, be
aware of the following point.
Keep clothing such as neckties, scarves and long sleeves away from the
steering wheel, as they may become entangled. Also, keep children away
from the steering wheel.
If you have long fingernails, be careful not to injure yourself when the
steering wheel moves.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 328 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
329
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
NOTICE
When using the Simple-IPA
Check that the parking space is suitable. (Width of the space, if there are
any obstacles, road surface condition, etc.)
Simple-IPA will not operate properly if the vehicle at the front or back of the
parking space moves, or if an obstacle enters the parking space after the
sensors have detected the parking space. Always check the surrounding
area during parking assist operation.
The sensors may not be able to detect curbs. The vehicle may drive onto
the curb depending on the situation, such as if a vehicle at the front or
back of the parking space has driven on the curb.
Check the surrounding area to prevent the tires and wheels from being
damaged.
The vehicle may not be able to be parked at a target parking space if the
vehicle moves forward when the shift lever is in R or reverses when the
shift lever is in a position other than R, such as when parking on a slope.
When reversing, reverse the vehicle
slowly to prevent the front end of the
vehicle from hitting an obstacle in the
front of the vehicle.
When reversing, reverse the vehicle
slowly to prevent the front end of the
vehicle from hitting the vehicle parked in
front of the parking space.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 329 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
330
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Cleaning the DPF catalytic converter
Cleaning the DPF catalytic converter is performed as necessary in
accordance with driving conditions.
Equipment characteristics
The DPF system has the following characteristics:
Idle speed increases during cleaning
The smell of the exhaust gas changes
When starting the engine, white-colored steam (water vapor)
may be expelled during cleaning
Acceleration performance may degrade during cleaning
Replacing the engine oil
P. 467
Diesel particulate filter system (diesel
engine only)
When the deposit collected by the filter reaches a predetermined
amount, it is automatically cleaned.
WARNING
Exhaust pipe
Do not touch the exhaust pipe during cleaning, as the exhaust pipe and
exhaust gases will become particularly hot. Also, make sure that there are
no people or flammable materials near the exhaust pipe while the vehicle is
stopped.
Failure to do so may cause injury by burning or a fire.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 330 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
331
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
NOTICE
To prevent the DPF system from failing
Do not use fuel other than the specified type
Do not use engine oil other than the recommended type
Do not modify the exhaust pipe
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 331 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
332
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces
TRC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
Hill-start assist control
Helps to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward when starting on
an incline
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to
turn the steering wheel
Emergency brake signal
When the brakes are applied suddenly, the emergency flashers
automatically flash to alert the vehicle behind.
Driving assist systems
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following
systems operate automatically in response to various driving
situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supple-
mentary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operat-
ing the vehicle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 332 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
333
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRC/VSC systems are
operating.
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRC system may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn
the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order
to free it.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
To turn the TRC system off,
quickly press and release .
The “TRC OFF” indicator light will
come on.
Press again to turn the sys-
tem back on.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
To turn the TRC system off,
quickly press and release .
The “TRC OFF” will be shown on
the multi-information display.
Press again to turn the sys-
tem back on.
When the TRC/VSC systems are operating
Disabling the TRC system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 333 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
334
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Turning off both TRC and VSC systems
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
To turn the TRC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The “TRC OFF” indicator light and VSC OFF indicator light will come on.
Press again to turn the systems back on.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
To turn the TRC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator light will come on and the “TRC OFF” will be shown
on the multi-information display.
*
Press again to turn the systems back on.
*
: On vehicles with a PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system), the pre-crash brake
assist and pre-crash braking functions will also be disabled. (P. 270)
When the “TRC OFF” indicator light comes on even if the has not
been pressed (vehicles with a 3-ring meter)
TRC and hill-start assist control cannot be operated. Contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-
ing that TRC has been disabled even if has not been pressed (vehi-
cles with a 2-ring meter)
TRC and hill-start assist control cannot be operated. Contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, TRC and VSC
systems
A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate
that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems.
Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 334 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
335
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Automatic reactivation of TRC and VSC systems
After turning the TRC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automatically
re-enabled in the following situations:
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: When the engine switch is
turned to the “LOCK” position
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: When the engine switch is turned
off
If only the TRC system is turned off, the TRC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will
not occur when vehicle speed increases.
Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain
from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The
EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The shift lever is in a position other than P or N
(when starting off forward/backward on an upward incline).
Vehicles with a manual transmission: The shift lever is in a position other
than R when starting off forward on an upward incline or in R when starting
off backward on an upward incline.
The vehicle is stopped.
The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
The parking brake is not engaged.
Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will be canceled in any of the following situations:
Vehicles with a Multidrive: The shift lever is shifted to P or N.
Vehicles with a manual transmission: The shift lever is shifted to R when
starting off forward on an upward incline or from R when starting off back-
ward on an upward incline.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
The parking brake is engaged.
Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 335 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
336
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Operating conditions of emergency brake signal
When the following three conditions are met, the emergency brake signal will
operate:
The emergency flashers are off.
Actual vehicle speed is over 55 km/h (35 mph).
The brake pedal is depressed in a manner that cause the system to judge
from the vehicle deceleration that this is a sudden braking operation.
Automatic system cancelation of emergency brake signal
The emergency brake signal will turn off in any of the following situations:
The emergency flashers are turned on.
The brake pedal is released.
The system judges from the vehicle deceleration that is not a sudden brak-
ing operation.
WARNING
The ABS does not operate effectively when
The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
When driving with tire chains
When driving over bumps in the road
When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
TRC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 336 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
337
4-6. Using the driving support systems
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
WARNING
Hill- start assist control does not operate effectively when
Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
When the VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
When the TRC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 337 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
338
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4-7. Driving tips
Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera-
tures.
Engine oil
Engine coolant
Washer fluid
Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery.
Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
Before driving the vehicle
When driving the vehicle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 338 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
339
4-7. Driving tips
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
4
Driving
Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P (Multidrive) or 1 or R
(manual transmission) without setting the parking brake. The park-
ing brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. If the
vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, make sure to
block the wheels.
Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehi-
cle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.
If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm
that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P
*
.
*
: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any
other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be
shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the
vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional immediately.
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
3 mm (0.12 in.) in diameter
10 mm (0.39 in.) in width
30 mm (1.18 in.) in length
Cross chain:
4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter
14 mm (0.55 in.) in width
25 mm (0.98 in.) in length
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
225/45R17 tires
Tire chains cannot be installed on 225/45R17 tires.
When parking the vehicle
Selecting tire chains (except 225/45R17 tires)
1
2
3
4
5
6
Regulations on the use of tire chains
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 339 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
340
4-7. Driving tips
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.
Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 0.5 1.0 km (1/4 1/2 mile).
Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
WARNING
Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
Use tires of the specified size.
Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
Do not drive at speeds in excess of the speed limit or the speed limit spec-
ified for the snow tires being used.
Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 50 km/h (30 mph), whichever is lower.
Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
NOTICE
Repairing or replacing snow tires (vehicles with a tire pressure warn-
ing system)
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti-
mate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
Fitting tire chains (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 340 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
341
5
Audio system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types ...........342
Steering wheel audio
switches...........................343
AUX port/USB port ............344
5-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the
audio system ...................345
5-3. Using the radio
Radio operation .................347
5-4. Playing audio CDs and
MP3/WMA discs
CD player operation...........350
5-5. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod ...........358
Listening to a USB
memory device ................366
Using the AUX port............373
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone.....................374
Using the steering
wheel switches ................379
Registering a
Bluetooth
®
device............380
5-7. “SET UP” menu
Using the “SET UP” menu
(“Bluetooth” menu)...........381
Using the “SET UP” menu
(“Phone” menu) ...............386
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player...............................391
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Making a phone call...........394
Receiving a phone call.......396
Speaking on the
phone...............................397
5-10. Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
.........................399
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 341 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
342
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-1. Basic Operations
Vehicles with an audio system
Vehicles with a navigation/multimedia system
Owners of models equipped with a navigation/multimedia system
should refer to the “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s man-
ual”.
Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system’s speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
About Bluetooth
®
The Bluetooth wordmark and logo are owned by Bluetooth SIG. and permis-
sion has been granted to use the trademark of the licensee Panasonic
Corporation. Other trademarks and trade names are owned by various differ-
ent owners.
Audio system types
: If equipped
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is
stopped.
To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on the audio system.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 342 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
343
5-1. Basic Operations
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Volume switch:
Press: Increases/decreases
volume
Press and hold: Continuously
increases/decreases volume
Radio mode:
Press: Selects a radio station
Press and hold: Seeks up/
down
CD, MP3/WMA disc, Bluetooth
®
, iPod or USB mode:
Press: Selects a track/file/song
Press and hold: Selects a folder or album (MP3/WMA disc,
Bluetooth
®
, iPod or USB)
“MODE” switch:
Press: Turns the power on, selects an audio source
Press and hold: Mutes or pauses the current operation. To cancel
the mute or pause, press and hold again.
Steering wheel audio switches
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on
the steering wheel.
Operation may differ depending on the type of audio system or
navigation system. For details, refer to the manual provided with
the audio system or navigation system.
Operating the audio system using the steering wheel switches
1
2
3
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 343 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
344
5-1. Basic Operations
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
iPod
Push the cover to open and
connect an iPod using an iPod
cable.
Turn on the power of the iPod if
it is not turned on.
USB memory
Push the cover to open and connect a USB memory device.
Turn on the power of the USB memory device if it is not turned on.
Portable audio player
Push the cover to open and connect a portable audio player.
Turn on the power of the portable audio player if it is not turned on.
AUX port/USB port
Connect an iPod, USB memory device or portable audio player
to the AUX port/USB port as indicated below. Press the “MODE”
button to select “iPod”, “USB” or “AUX”.
Connecting using the AUX port/USB port
WARNING
While driving
Do not connect a device or operate the device controls.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 344 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
345
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
5-2. Using the audio system
Displays the current mode
Changes the following settings
Sound quality and volume
balance (P. 345)
The sound quality and volume
balance settings can be
changed to produce the best
sound.
Automatic Sound Levelizer
on/off (P. 346)
Selects a mode
Changing sound quality modes
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select “Sound set-
tings”.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select the desired
mode.
“Bass”, “Treble”, “Fader”, “Balance”, or “ASL”
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Optimal use of the audio system
Sound quality (treble/bass) and volume balance can be
adjusted.
1
2
3
Using the audio control function
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 345 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
346
5-2. Using the audio system
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Adjusting sound quality
Pressing the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button adjusts the level.
*
: The sound quality level is adjusted individually in each audio mode.
Adjusting the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL)
When ASL is selected, pressing the “TUNE>” button changes the
amount of ASL in the order of “Low”, “Mid” and “High”.
Pressing the “<SELECT” button turns ASL off.
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to the
vehicle speed.
Sound qual-
ity mode
Mode
displayed
Level
Press the
“<SELECT”
button
Press the
“TUNE>”
button
Bass
*
“Bass” -5 to 5
Low High
Treble
*
“Treble” -5 to 5
Front/rear
volume
balance
“Fader” F7 to R7 Shifts to rear Shifts to front
Left/right
volume
balance
“Balance” L7 to R7 Shifts to left Shifts to right
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 346 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
347
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
5-3. Using the radio
Search for a desired station by pressing the “<SELECT” or
“TUNE>” button.
Press and hold a desired station selector button until you hear a
beep.
Radio operation
Select “AM” or “FM” to begin listening to the radio.
Station selectors
Mode select button
Select an item or AF/region
code/TA mode setup
Adjust frequency
Seek a frequency
Display a station list
Volume
Power
Setting station presets
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 347 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
348
5-3. Using the radio
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Updating the station list
Press “List”.
The station list will be displayed.
Press “Update” to update the list.
“Updating” is displayed while the searching is in process, and then avail-
able stations will be listed on the display.
To cancel the updating process, press “Back”.
Selecting a station from the station list
Press “List”.
The station list will be displayed.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select a station.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to tune in the station.
To return to the previous display, press “Back”.
This feature allows your radio to receive RDS data.
Listening to stations of the same network
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select “Radio” and
press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select the desired
mode: “FM AF” or “Region code”.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to select “On” or “Off”.
FM AF ON mode: The station among those of the same net-
work with strong reception is selected.
Region code ON mode: The station among those of the same net-
work with strong reception and broadcast-
ing the same program is selected.
Using the station list
RDS (Radio Data System)
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 348 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
349
5-3. Using the radio
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Traffic information
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select “Radio” and
press the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select “FM TA”
mode.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to select “On” or “Off”.
TA mode: The system automatically switches to traffic information
when a broadcast with a traffic information signal is
received.
The station returns to the previous one when the traffic infor-
mation ends.
EON (Enhanced Other Network) system (for traffic announcement func-
tion)
If the RDS station (with EON data) you are listening to is not broadcasting a
traffic information program and the audio system is in the TA (traffic
announcement) mode, the radio will be switched automatically to a station
broadcasting a traffic information program in the EON AF list when traffic
information begins.
When the battery is disconnected
Station presets are erased.
Reception sensitivity
Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continu-
ally changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and sur-
rounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
The radio antenna is mounted on the rear side of the roof.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 349 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
350
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
Insert a disc.
Press and remove the disc.
CD player operation
Display text message
Display folder list/track list
Select a folder (MP3/WMA
discs only)
Repeat play
Random playback
Mode select button
Open the selected track/file
Select a track/file
Select a track/file, fast-forward
or reverse
Volume
Power
Eject a disc
Loading a CD, MP3 or WMA disc
Ejecting a CD, MP3 or WMA disc
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 350 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
351
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Selecting a track
Press the “TUNE>” or “SEEK>” button to move up or the
“<SELECT” or “<TRACK” button to move down until the desired
track number is displayed.
Selecting a track from a track list
Press “List”.
The track list will be displayed.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select a track.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to open the selected track.
To return to the previous display, press “Back”.
Fast-forwarding and reversing a track
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “SEEK>” or
“<TRACK” button.
Repeat play
Press “RPT”.
The current track is played repeatedly until “RPT” is pressed
again.
Random playback
Press “RDM”.
Tracks are played in a random order until “RDM” is pressed
again.
Switching the display
Press “Text”.
Track name, Artist name and CD title are shown on the display.
To return to the previous display, press “Text” or “Back”.
Using the CD player
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 351 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
352
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Selecting a folder
To select the desired folder, press ” or ”.
Selecting a folder and file from a folder list
Press “List”.
The folder list will be displayed.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select a folder or file.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to open the selected file/
folder.
To return to the previous display, press “Back”.
Returning to the first folder
Press and hold ” until you hear a beep.
Selecting a file
Press the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>”, “<TRACK” or “SEEK>” button to
select the desired file.
Fast-forwarding and reversing a file
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “SEEK>” or
“<TRACK” button.
Repeat play
Pressing “RPT” changes the repeat play mode in the follow-
ing order:
File repeat Folder repeat
*
Off.
*
: Not available when RDM (random playback) is selected
Random playback
Pressing “RDM” changes the random playback mode in the
following order:
Folder random Disc random Off.
Playing back an MP3 or WMA disc
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 352 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
353
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Switching the display
Press “Text”.
Track title, Artist name and Album title (MP3 only) are shown on the dis-
play.
To return to the previous display, press “Text” or “Back”.
Display
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
Message Cause Correction procedures
“CD check”
The disc is dirty or
damaged.
The disc is inserted
upside down.
Clean the disc.
Insert the disc cor-
rectly.
“Error 3”
There is a malfunction
within the system.
Eject the disc.
“Error 4”
An over current error
has occurred.
Turn the engine switch
to the “LOCK” position.
“No support”
MP3/WMA files are not
included on the CD.
Eject the disc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 353 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
354
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc fea-
tures, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CDs with copy-protection features may not play correctly.
CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when a
problem is detected.
If a disc is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
The disc may be damaged and may not play properly.
Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 for-
mat.
MP3 and WMA file and media/format compatibility is limited.
MP3 file compatibility
Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224,
256, 320 (kbps)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144,
160 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 354 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
355
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
WMA file compatibility
Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 (kbps)
Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback are CD-Rs and CD-
RWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible if the CD-R or CD-RW is
not finalized. Playback may not be possible or the audio may jump if the
disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above
may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be
displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
Maximum number of files per disc: 255
File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
Multi-session discs
As the audio system is compatible with multi-session discs, it is possible to
play discs that contain MP3 and WMA files. However, only the first session
can be played.
ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 355 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
356
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
MP3 and WMA playback
When a disc containing MP3 or WMA files is inserted, all files on the disc
are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3 or WMA file
is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you do
not write in any files other than MP3 or WMA files or create any unneces-
sary folders.
If the discs contain a mixture of music data and MP3 or WMA format data,
only music data can be played.
Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3 and
WMA files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage to
the speakers.
Playback
To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3
and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the encod-
ing and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback
may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
When files other than MP3 or WMA files are recorded on a disc, it may
take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may
not be possible at all.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
WARNING
Certification for the CD player
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 356 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
357
5-4. Playing audio CDs and MP3/WMA discs
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
NOTICE
Discs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of discs.
Also, do not use 8 cm (3 in.) disc adapters, Dual Discs or printable discs.
Doing so may damage the player and/or disc insert/eject function.
Discs that have a diameter that is not 12 cm (4.7 in.).
Low-quality or deformed discs.
Discs with a transparent or translucent recording area.
Discs that have tape, stickers or CD-R labels attached to them, or that
have had the label peeled off.
Player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in damage to the discs or
the player itself.
Do not insert anything other than discs into the disc slot.
Do not apply oil to the player.
Store discs away from direct sunlight.
Never try to disassemble any part of the player.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 357 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
358
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-5. Using an external device
P. 3 4 4
Listening to an iPod
Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle
speakers. Press the “MODE” button until “iPod” is displayed.
Connecting an iPod
Control panel
Display text message
Display lists
iPod menu mode
Repeat play
Shuffle playback
Mode select button
Set up menu
Song selector
Select a song, fast-forward or
reverse
Volume
Power
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 358 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
359
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Press “Menu” to select iPod menu mode.
Pressing the “TUNE>” button changes the play mode in the follow-
ing order:
“Playlists”“Artists”“Albums”“Songs”
“Podcasts”“Genres”“Composers”“Audiobooks”
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to select the desired play mode.
Selecting a play mode
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 359 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
360
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Play mode list
Selecting a list
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to display the first
selection list.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to select the desired item.
Pressing this button changes the display to the second selection list.
Repeat the procedure to select the desired item.
To return to the previous selection list, press “Back”.
Play mode
First
selection
Second
selection
Third
selection
Fourth
selection
“Playlists” Playlist Song - -
“Artists” Artist Album Song -
“Albums” Album Song - -
“Songs” Song - - -
“Podcasts” Podcast Episode - -
“Genres” Genre Artist Album Song
“Composers” Composer Album Song -
“Audiobooks” Audiobook Chapter - -
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 360 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
361
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Press the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>”, “<TRACK” or “SEEK>” button to
select the desired song.
Press “List”.
The song list will be displayed.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select a song.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to play the song.
To return to the previous display, press “Back”.
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “SEEK>” or “<TRACK”
button.
Press
“RPT”
.
To cancel, press
“RPT” again.
Pressing “RDM” changes the shuffle playback mode in the fol-
lowing order:
Track shuffle Album shuffle Off.
Press “Text”.
Track title, Artist name and Album title are shown on the display.
To return to the previous display, press “Text” or “Back”.
Selecting a song
Selecting a song from the song list
Fast-forwarding and reversing a song
Repeat play
Shuffle playback
Switching the display
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 361 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
362
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to enter Set up menu mode.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to change sound modes.
(P. 345)
About iPod
“Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory
has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively,
and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance stan-
dards.
Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this acces-
sory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance.
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano and iPod touch are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
iPod functions
When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode,
the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions
may not be available. If a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and recon-
necting it once again may resolve the problem.
While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own
controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle’s audio system
instead.
When the battery level of an iPod is very low, the iPod may not operate. If
so, charge the iPod before use.
Supported models (P. 364)
Adjusting sound quality and volume balance
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 362 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
363
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
iPod problems
To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect
your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it.
For instructions on how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner’s Man-
ual.
Display
P. 353
Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“iPod error”
This indicates that the data in the iPod cannot
be read.
“Error 3”
This indicates that the iPod may be malfunc-
tioning.
“Error 4”
This indicates that an over current error has
occurred.
“Error 5”
This indicates that an iPod communication
error has occurred.
“Error 6”
This indicates that an authentication error has
occurred.
“No songs”
This indicates that there is no music data in
the iPod.
“No playlists”
This indicates that some available songs are
not found in a selected playlist.
“Update your iPod”
This indicates that the version of the iPod is
not compatible. Upgrade your iPod software
to the latest version.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 363 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
364
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Compatible models
The following iPod
, iPod nano
, iPod classic
, iPod touch
and iPhone
devices can be used with this system.
Made for
iPod (5th generation)
iPod touch (5th generation)
iPod touch (4th generation)
iPod touch (Late 2009)
iPod touch (3rd generation)
iPod touch (2nd generation)
iPod touch (1st generation)
iPod classic (Late 2009)
iPod classic (2nd generation)
iPod classic
iPod nano (7th generation)
iPod nano (6th generation)
iPod nano (5th generation)
iPod nano (4th generation)
iPod nano (3rd generation)
iPod nano (2nd generation)
iPod nano (1st generation)
iPhone 5s
iPhone 5c
iPhone 5
iPhone 4S
iPhone 4
iPhone 3GS
iPhone 3G
iPhone
Depending on differences between models or software versions etc., some
models might be incompatible with this system.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
Maximum number of lists in device: 9999
Maximum number of songs in device: 65535
Maximum number of songs per list: 65535
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 364 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
365
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
WARNING
Caution while driving
Do not connect iPod or operate the controls.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to iPod
Do not leave the iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle
may become high, resulting in damage to the iPod.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is
connected.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 365 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
366
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
P. 3 4 4
Listening to a USB memory device
Connecting a USB memory device enables you to enjoy music
from the vehicle speakers. Press the “MODE” button until “USB”
is displayed.
Connecting a USB memory
Control panel
Display text message
Display folder lists
Select a folder
Repeat play
Random playback
Mode select button
Open the selected file
Select a file
Select a file, fast-forward or
reverse
Volume
Power
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 366 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
367
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Selecting folders one at a time
Press ” or ” to select the desired folder.
Selecting a folder and file from a folder list
Press “List”.
The folder list will be displayed.
Press the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button to select a folder or file.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button to open the selected file/
folder.
To return to the previous display, press “Back”.
Returning to the first folder
Press and hold ” until you hear a beep.
Press the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>”, “<TRACK” or “SEEK>” button to
select the desired file.
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “SEEK>” or “<TRACK”
button.
Selecting a folder
Selecting a file
Fast-forwarding and reversing a file
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 367 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
368
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Pressing “RPT” changes the repeat playback mode in the fol-
lowing order:
File repeat Folder repeat
*
Off.
*
: Not available when RDM (random playback) is selected
Pressing “RDM” changes the random playback mode in the
following order:
Folder random Disc random Off.
Press “Text”.
Track title, Artist name and Album title (MP3 only) are displayed on the dis-
play.
To return to the previous display, press “Text” or “Back”.
USB memory functions
Depending on the USB memory that is connected to the system, the device
itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be available. If the
device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and recon-
necting it may resolve the problem.
If the USB memory still does not begin operation after being disconnected
and reconnected, format the device.
Display
P. 353
Repeat play
Random playback
Switching the display
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 368 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
369
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“USB error”
This indicates that the data in the USB mem-
ory cannot be read.
“Error 3”
This indicates that the USB memory may be
malfunctioning.
“Error 4”
This indicates that an over current error has
occurred.
“Error 5”
This indicates that the USB memory commu-
nication error has occurred.
“No music”
This indicates that no MP3/WMA files are
included on the USB memory device.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 369 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
370
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
USB memory
Compatible devices
USB memory that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback
Compatible device formats
The following device formats can be used:
USB communication formats: USB 2.0 FS (12 Mbps)
File formats: FAT12/16/32 (Windows)
Correspondence class: Mass storage class
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above may
not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be dis-
played correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
Maximum number of folders in a device: 999 (including the root)
Maximum number of files in a device: 9999
Maximum number of files per folder: 255
MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3
format.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards that can be used and to
the media/formats on which the files are recorded.
MP3 file compatibility
Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III, MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III,
MPEG2.5)
Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
MPEG2.5: 8, 11.025, 12 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 8-160 (kbps)
MPEG2.5: 8-160 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 370 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
371
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
WMA file compatibility
Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
Compatible sampling frequencies
HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates
HIGH PROFILE 32-320 (kbps, CBR)
File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 ID3
tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
MP3 and WMA playback
When a device containing MP3 or WMA files is connected, all files in the
USB memory are checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3
or WMA file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we rec-
ommend that you do not include any files other than MP3 or WMA files or
create any unnecessary folders.
When the USB memory is connected and the audio source is changed to
USB memory mode, the USB memory will start playing the first file in the
first folder. If the same device is removed and reinserted (and the con-
tents have not been changed), the USB memory will resume play from
the same point in which it was last used.
Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be skipped (not played).
Playback
To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3
and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the encod-
ing and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback
may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are registered trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 371 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
372
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Caution while driving
Do not connect USB memory or operate the controls.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to USB memory
Do not leave USB memory in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehi-
cle may become high, resulting in damage to the device.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory
while it is connected.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 372 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
373
5-5. Using an external device
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
P. 3 4 4
Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle’s audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself.
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio device.
Using the AUX port
This port can be used to connect a portable audio device and lis-
ten to it through the vehicle’s speakers. Press the “MODE” but-
ton until “AUX” is displayed.
Connecting a portable player
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 373 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
374
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone
The following can be performed using Bluetooth
®
wireless com-
munication:
Bluetooth
®
audio
The Bluetooth
®
audio system enables you to enjoy music on a
portable player from the vehicle speakers via wireless communi-
cation.
This audio system supports Bluetooth
®
, a wireless data system
capable of playing portable audio music without cables. If your
portable player does not support Bluetooth
®
, the Bluetooth
®
audio system cannot be used.
Bluetooth
®
phone (hands-free phone system)
This system supports Bluetooth
®
, which allows you to make or
receive calls without using cables to connect a cellular phone to
the system, and without operating the cellular phone.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 374 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
375
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Device registration/connection flow
1. Register a Bluetooth
®
device to be used with the audio
system (P. 380)
2. Connect a registered Bluetooth
®
device to be used
(P. 381, 382)
To be used for audio
To be used for hands-free phone
3. Set automatic connection of the device
(P. 384)
4. Check the Bluetooth
®
connection condition
(P. 376)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
audio
(P. 391)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
phone
(P. 394)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 375 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
376
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Bluetooth
®
connection status
If “BT” is not displayed, the
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone cannot
be used.
Display
A message, name, number, etc.
is displayed.
Lower-case characters and special
characters cannot be displayed.
Displays the set up menu/inputs the selected item
Select items such as menu and number
Off-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system on/starts a call
On-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system off/ends a call/refuses a call
Displays information that is too long to be displayed at one time on
the display (press and hold)
Select speed dials
Audio unit
1
2
Microphone
3
4
5
6
7
8
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 376 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
377
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
To enter a menu, press the “SETUP/ENTER” button and navigate
menus by using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” but-
tons:
Menu list of the Bluetooth
®
audio/phone
First menu Second menu Third menu Operation details
“Bluetooth
*
“Pairing” -
Register a
Bluetooth
®
device
“List phone” -
List the regis-
tered cellular
phones
“List audio” -
List the regis-
tered portable
players
“Passkey” -
Change the
passkey
“BT power” -
Set automatic
connection of the
device on or off
“Bluetooth
*
info”
“Device Name”
“Device
Address”
Display the
device status
“Display setting” -
Set the auto-
matic connec-
tion confirmation
display on or off
“Reset” -
Initialize the set-
tings
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 377 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
378
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone system functions
Depending on the Bluetooth
®
device, certain functions may not be available.
“PHONE” or
“TEL”
“Phonebook”
“Add contacts”
Add a new num-
ber
“Add SD”
Register a speed
dial
“Delete call his-
tory”
Delete a number
stored in the call
history
“Delete contacts”
Delete a number
stored in the
phonebook
“Delete other
PB”
Delete a phone-
book’s data
“HF sound set-
ting”
“Call volume” Set call volume
“Ringtone vol-
ume”
Set ringtone vol-
ume
“Ringtone” Set the ringtone
“Transfer history” -
Transfer the call
histories
First menu Second menu Third menu Operation details
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 378 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
379
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Volume
The voice guidance volume
cannot be adjusted using these
buttons.
Off-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system
on/starts a call
On-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system off/ends a call/refuses a call
Talk switch (if equipped)
A message will be displayed.
Using the steering wheel switches
The steering wheel switches can be used to operate a connected
cellular phone or portable digital audio player (portable player).
Operating a Bluetooth
®
phone using the steering wheel switches
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 379 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
380
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button and select “Bluetooth
*
” using
the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button.
*
: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Press the “SETUP/ENTER” button and select “Pairing” using the
“<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button.
A passkey will be displayed.
SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) incompatible Bluetooth
®
devices:
Input the passkey into the device.
SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible Bluetooth
®
devices:
Select “Yes” to register the device. Depending on the type of
device, it may register automatically.
If a Bluetooth
®
device has both music player and cellular phone func-
tions, both functions will be registered at the same time. When delet-
ing the device, both functions will be deleted at the same time.
If the off-hook switch is pressed and the “PHONE” or “TEL” mode is
entered when no phones have been registered, the registration
screen will be automatically displayed.
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device
Before using the Bluetooth
®
audio/phone, it is necessary to reg-
ister a Bluetooth
®
device in the system. You can register up to 5
Bluetooth
®
devices.
How to register a Bluetooth
®
device
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 380 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
381
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
5-7. “SET UP” menu
*
: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select “Pairing” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons (P. 377), and perform the procedure for registering
a portable player. (P. 380)
Select “List phone” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377) The list of registered cellular phones will
be displayed.
Connecting the registered cellular phone to the audio system
Select the name of the cellular phone to be connected using the
“<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Select” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Deleting a registered cellular phone
Select the name of the cellular phone to be deleted using the
“<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Delete” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Press “Yes”.
Using the “SET UP” menu (“Bluetooth*”
menu)
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device in the system allows the system
to function. The following functions can be used for registered
devices:
Registering a portable player
Listing the registered cellular phones
1
2
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 381 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
382
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Disconnecting the registered cellular phone from the audio system
Select the name of the cellular to be disconnected using the
“<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Disconnect” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Press “Yes”.
Select “List audio” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377) The list of registered portable players will
be displayed.
Connecting the registered portable player to the audio system
Select the name of the portable player to be connected using the
“<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Select” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Deleting the registered portable player
Select the name of the portable player to be deleted using the
“<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Delete” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Press “Yes”.
Listing the registered portable players
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 382 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
383
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Disconnecting the registered portable player from the audio system
Select the name of the portable player to be disconnected using
the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Disconnect” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Press “Yes”.
Selecting the connection method
Select the name of the desired portable player using the
“<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Connection method” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “From vehicle” or “From audio” using the “<SELECT”,
“TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select “Passkey” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Input a 4 to 8-digit passkey using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Input the number 1 digit at a time.
When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has been
input, press “Enter”.
If the passkey to be registered has 8 digits, pressing “Enter” is not
necessary.
Changing the passkey
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 383 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
384
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If “BT power” is set to on, the registered device will be connected
automatically when the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” position.
Select “BT power” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Select “On” or “Off” using the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Select “Bluetooth
*
info” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
*
: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Displaying the device name
Select “Device name” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Displaying the device address
Select “Device address” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
If the “Display setting” is set to on, the portable player connection sta-
tus will be displayed when the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position.
Select “Display setting” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Select “On” or “Off” using the “SETUP/ENTER” button.
Setting automatic connection of the device on or off
Displaying the device status
Setting the automatic connection confirmation display to on or
off
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 384 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
385
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Select “Reset” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER”
buttons. (P. 377)
Initializing the sound settings
Select “Sound settings” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
For details about sound settings: P. 389
Initializing the device information
Select “Car Device Info” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
The user set passkey and automatic confirmation display will be returned
to their default settings.
Initializing all the settings
Select “Reset all” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
Initialization
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 385 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
386
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Select “Add contacts” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Transferring all contacts from the cellular phone
Select “Overwrite all” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
Transferring one contact from the cellular phone
Select “Add contact” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
Select “Add SD” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Select the desired data using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Press and hold the desired preset button.
For details about setting speed dials from the call history: P. 3 9 5
For details about deleting speed dials: P. 394
Using the “SET UP” menu (“Phone” menu)
Adding a new phone number
Setting speed dials
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 386 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
387
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Select “Delete call history” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Deleting outgoing call history
Select “Outgoing calls” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select the desired phone number using the “<SELECT”,
“TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
To delete all outgoing call history data, press “All” and then
press “Yes”.
Deleting incoming call history
Select “Incoming calls” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select the desired phone number using the “<SELECT”,
“TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
To delete all incoming call history data, press “All” and then
press “Yes”.
Deleting call histories
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 387 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
388
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Deleting missed call history
Select “Missed calls” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select the desired phone number using the “<SELECT”,
“TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
To delete all missed call history data, press “All” and then
press “Yes”.
Deleting a number from all call histories (Outgoing calls, Incoming
calls and Missed calls)
Select “All calls” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Select the desired phone number using the “<SELECT”,
“TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
To delete all of the call history data, press “All” and then
press “Yes”.
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 388 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
389
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Select “Delete contacts” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Select the desired phone number using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>”
and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
To delete all of the registered phone numbers, Press “All”
and then press “Yes”.
Press “A-Z” to display the registered names in alphabetical
order of the initial.
Select “Delete other PB” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Select the desired phonebook using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
Select “Call volume” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Change the call volume.
To decrease the volume: Press the “<SELECT” button.
To increase the volume: Press the “TUNE>” button.
To set the volume, press “Back”.
Deleting a registered phone number
Deleting another cellular phone’s phonebook
Setting call volume
1
2
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 389 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
390
5-7. “SET UP” menu
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Select “Ringtone volume” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Change the ringtone volume.
To decrease the volume: Press the “<SELECT” button.
To increase the volume: Press the “TUNE>” button.
To set the volume, press “Back”.
Select “Ringtone” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons. (P. 377)
Using the “<SELECT” or “TUNE>” button, select a ringtone (1 - 3).
To set the selected ringtone, press “Back”.
Select “Transfer history” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press “Yes”.
Phone number
Up to 1000 names can be stored.
Call history
Up to 10 numbers can be stored in each of the outgoing, incoming and
missed call history memories.
Limitation of number of digits
A phone number that exceeds 24 digits cannot be registered.
Setting ringtone volume
Setting ringtone
Transferring call histories
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 390 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
391
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player
Display text message
Playback/pause
Select an album
Repeat play
Random playback
Playback
Select a track, fast-forward or
reverse
Volume
Power
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 391 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
392
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press ” or ” to select the desired album.
Press the “SEEK>” or “<TRACK” button to select the desired track.
Press ” to play or pause a track.
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “SEEK>” or “<TRACK”
button.
Pressing “RDM” changes the random playback mode in the
following order:
Album random All track random Off
Selecting an album
Selecting a track
Playing and pausing a track
Fast-forwarding and reversing a track
Random playback
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 392 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
393
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Pressing “RPT” changes the repeat play mode in the following
order:
Track repeat Album repeat Off
Press “Text”.
Track title and artist name are displayed on the display.
To return to the previous display, press “Text” or “Back”.
Bluetooth
®
audio system functions
Depending on the portable player that is connected to the system, certain
functions may not be available.
Repeat play
Switching the display
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 393 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
394
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Select “Phonebook” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Select the desired name using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press the off-hook switch.
By pressing “Add S. Dial” and then one of the speed dial but-
tons while the desired name is selected, the selected item can be reg-
istered as a speed dial.
Press “A-Z” to display the registered names in alphabetical
order of the initial.
Select “Speed dials” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons.
Press the desired preset button and press the off-hook switch.
To delete a registered speed dial, after selecting the desired preset
button press “Delete” and then press “Yes”.
Select “Dial by number” using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Enter the phone number and press the off-hook switch.
Making a phone call
To enter the “PHONE” or “TEL” mode, press the off-hook switch.
Dialing by selecting a name
Speed dialing
Dialing by entering the number
1
2
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 394 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
395
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
Select “All calls”, “Missed calls”, “Incoming calls” or “Outgoing calls”
using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/ENTER” buttons.
Select the desired number using the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and
“SETUP/ENTER” buttons and press the off-hook switch.
The following operations can be performed:
Registering a number as a speed dial
Press “Add S. Dial” and then press the desired preset but-
ton.
Deleting the selected number
Press “Delete” and press “Yes”.
Dialing from call histories
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 395 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
396
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Press the off-hook switch.
Press the on-hook switch.
Press the off-hook switch.
Pressing the off-hook switch again returns you to the previous call.
Change the ringtone volume using the “VOL-” or “VOL+” button.
To decrease the volume: Press the “VOL-” button.
To increase the volume: Press the “VOL+” button.
Receiving a phone call
Answering the phone
Refusing a call
Receiving a call when on another call
Adjusting the ringtone volume when receiving a call
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 396 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
397
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
A call can be transferred between the cellular phone and system while
dialing, receiving a call, or during a call. Use one of the following
methods:
a. Operate the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of
the phone.
b. Press
*
“Phone”.
*
: This operation can be performed only when transferring a call from the cel-
lular phone to the system during a call.
Press “Mute”.
Press “0 - 9” and use the “<SELECT”, “TUNE>” and “SETUP/
ENTER” buttons to input the desired digits.
To send the input digits, press “Send”.
When finished, press “Wait” to return to the previous screen.
Change the call volume using the “VOL-” or “VOL+” button.
To decrease the volume: Press the “VOL-” button.
To increase the volume: Press the “VOL+” button.
Speaking on the phone
Transferring a call
Muting your voice
Inputting digits
Setting call volume
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 397 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
398
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When talking on the phone
Do not talk at the same time as the other party.
Keep the volume of the received voice down. Otherwise, voice echo will
increase.
Automatic volume adjustment
When vehicle speed is 80 km/h (50 mph) or more, the volume automatically
increases. The volume returns to the previous volume setting when vehicle
speed drops to 70 km/h (43 mph) or less.
Phone call system functions
Depending on the cellular phone, certain functions may not be available.
Situations where the system may not recognize your voice
When driving on a rough road
When driving at high speeds
When air is blowing out of the vents onto the microphone
When the air conditioning fan emits a loud noise
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 398 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
399
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
5-10. Bluetooth
®
When using the Bluetooth
®
audio/Phone
In the following situations, the system may not function.
The portable player does not support Bluetooth
®
The cellular phone is located outside the service area
The Bluetooth
®
device is switched off
The Bluetooth
®
device has a low battery
The Bluetooth
®
device is not connected to the system
The Bluetooth
®
device is behind the seat or in the glove box or console
box, or is touching or covered by metal objects
There may be a delay if a cellular phone connection is made during
Bluetooth
®
audio playback.
Depending on the type of portable audio player that is connected to the sys-
tem, operation may differ slightly and certain functions may not be available.
When transferring ownership of the vehicle
Be sure to initialize the system to prevent personal data from being improp-
erly accessed. (P. 385)
About Bluetooth
®
Compatible models
Bluetooth
®
specifications:
Ver. 1.1, or higher (recommended: Ver. 2.1 + EDR or higher)
Following Profiles:
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0, or higher (recom-
mended: Ver. 1.2 or higher)
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (recom-
mended: Ver. 1.3 or higher)
Portable players must correspond to the above specifications in order to be
connected to the Bluetooth
®
audio system. However, please note that some
functions may be limited depending on the type of portable player.
Cellular phone
HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (recommended: Ver. 1.5)
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1
PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0
Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 399 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
400
5-10. Bluetooth
®
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Certification
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 400 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
401
5-10. Bluetooth
®
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
5
Audio system
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 401 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
402
5-10. Bluetooth
®
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
While driving
Do not operate the portable audio player, cellular phone or connect a device
to the Bluetooth
®
system.
Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth
®
antennas. People with implantable
cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable dis-
tance between themselves and the Bluetooth
®
antennas. The radio waves
may affect the operation of such devices.
Before using Bluetooth
®
devices, users of any electrical medical device
other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should con-
sult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation
under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE
When leaving the vehicle
Do not leave your portable audio player or cellular phone in the vehicle. The
inside of the vehicle may become hot, causing damage to the portable
audio player or cellular phone.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 402 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
403
6
Interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6-1. Using the air
conditioning system
and defogger
Heater system ...................404
Automatic air conditioning
system .............................409
Power heater .....................417
Seat heaters ......................419
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................421
Interior lights..................422
Vanity lights ...................422
Personal lights...............423
6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage
features ...........................425
Glove box ......................426
Console box ..................426
Bottle holders ................427
Cup holders ...................428
Auxiliary boxes ..............429
Luggage compartment
features ...........................431
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features........437
Sun visors......................437
Vanity mirrors ................437
Clock .............................438
Portable ashtray ............438
Power outlets.................439
Armrest..........................440
Assist grips ....................441
Coat hooks ....................441
Panoramic roof
shade.............................442
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 403 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
404
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Heater system
: If equipped
Heater controls
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 404 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
405
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Adjusting the temperature setting
Increases the temperature
Decreases the temperature
Fan speed setting
Increases the fan speed
Decreases the fan speed
Change the airflow mode
To change the airflow mode,
move the airflow change knob
upward or downward.
The air outlets used are
changed each time the knob is
operated.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates.
1
2
1
2
Airflow change knob
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 405 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
406
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the outside air mode if
the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the front side windows early, turn the air
flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield
is defogged.
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
Other functions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 406 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
407
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
(P. 405)
: Some models
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Front center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob up to open the
vent and down to close the
vent.
Front side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Air outlets
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 407 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
408
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Open the vent
Close the vent
Fogging up of the windows
The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
Outside/recirculated air mode
When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effective
in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior.
Air conditioning filter
P. 503
1
2
WARNING
To prevent the windshield from fogging up
To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror
defoggers are on.
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the heater system on longer than necessary when the engine
is stopped.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers from
defogging.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 408 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
409
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Without dual control mode
Automatic air conditioning system
: If equipped
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
The illustrations below are for left-hand drive vehicles.
The button positions and shapes will differ for right-hand drive
vehicles.
Also, the display and button positions will differ depending on
the type of the system.
Air conditioning controls
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 409 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
410
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
With dual control mode
Adjusting the temperature setting
Increases the temperature
Decreases the temperature
Fan speed setting
Increases the fan speed
Decreases the fan speed
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 410 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
411
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Change the airflow mode
To change the airflow mode,
move the airflow change knob
upward or downward.
The air outlets used are
changed each time the knob is
operated.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates.
Press .
The dehumidification function begins to operate. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature set-
ting.
Adjust the temperature setting.
To stop the operation, press .
Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated is maintained.
Airflow change knob
1
2
3
4
Using automatic mode
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 411 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
412
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Adjusting the temperature for driver and passenger seats sep-
arately (vehicles with dual control mode)
To turn on the dual control mode, perform any of the following pro-
cedures:
Press .
Adjust the passenger’s side temperature setting.
The indicator comes on when the dual control mode is on.
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Vehicles without dual control mode
Press to change to recirculated air mode.
Press to change to outside air mode.
When recirculated air mode is selected, the indicator on illu-
minates.
When outside air mode is selected, the indicator on illumi-
nates.
Vehicles with dual control mode
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
Other functions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 412 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
413
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the outside air mode if
the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the front side windows early, turn the air
flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield
is defogged.
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
Blower customization
Fan speed settings can be changed.
Press .
Press .
Each time is pressed, the fan speed changes as follows.
“MEDIUM”“SOFT”“FAST”
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 413 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
414
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
(P. 411)
: Some models
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Front center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knob up to open the
vent and down to close the
vent.
Front side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Air outlets
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 414 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
415
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Open the vent
Close the vent
Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
Fogging up of the windows
The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
Outside/recirculated air mode
When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effec-
tive in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During
cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
When the outside temperature is low
The dehumidification function may not operate even when is pressed.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 415 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
416
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Ventilation and air conditioning odors
To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
To reduce potential odors from occurring:
It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
Air conditioning filter
P. 503
Customization
Settings (e.g. air conditioning setting) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 630)
WARNING
To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror
defoggers are on.
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 416 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
417
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
On/off
The power heater turns on about
30 seconds after you press the
switch and it takes approximately
55 seconds to warm up.
The power heater can be operated when
The engine is running.
Normal characteristics of power heater operation
The following cases do not indicate a malfunction.
When the power heater is turned on or off, some white smoke and a slight
odor may be emitted from the power heater exhaust, located under the floor.
When the power heater is being used under extremely cold conditions,
vapor may be visible from its exhaust.
When the power heater is turned off, you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for about 2 minutes until the power heater turns off completely.
After the heater is off
We recommend not restarting the heater for 10 minutes after you turn it off.
Otherwise, a noise may be heard as the heater ignites.
When refueling your vehicle
The engine must be turned off. Turning the engine off turns the power heater
off.
Power heater
: If equipped
This feature is used to keep the cabin warm in extremely cold
conditions.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 417 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
418
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
To prevent burns or damage to your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle
Do not turn the heater on and off repeatedly in 5 minute intervals as this
can shorten the life of the heater components. If the engine must be turned
on and off repeatedly within short intervals (such as when the vehicle is
being used for delivery purposes), turn the heater off.
Do not modify or open the heater without consulting any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
This may cause a heater malfunction or a fire.
Be careful not to splash water or spill liquid directly on the heater or on the
heater fuel pump. This may cause the heater to malfunction.
Keep the intake and exhaust pipes of the heater free from water, snow,
ice, mud, etc. If the pipes become clogged, this can cause the heater to
malfunction.
If you notice anything unusual, such as a fluid leak, smoke or poor opera-
tion, turn off the heater and have your vehicle checked by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
Do not touch the heater or its exhaust
pipe as they are hot. You may burn
yourself.
Keep flammable items such as fuel
away from the heater and its exhaust
pipe. This may cause a fire.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 418 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
419
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
After pulling the lid to open, press
the switch.
High temperature
Low temperature
The indicator light comes on when
the switch is on.
Seat heaters
: If equipped
WARNING
Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the seats when the heater is on:
Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
Persons with sensitive skin
Persons who are fatigued
Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
Observe the following precautions to prevent the minor burns or overheat-
ing
Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
Do not use seat heater more than necessary.
NOTICE
Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is
not running.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 419 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
420
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in the “ON” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in IGNITION ON
mode.
When not in use, put the switch in the neutral position. The indicator will turn
off.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 420 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
421
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
6-2. Using the interior lights
Vanity lights (if equipped) (P. 422)
Front interior/front personal lights (P. 422, 423)
Rear interior light (if equipped) (P. 422)
Rear personal light (if equipped) (P. 423)
Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Interior lights list
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 421 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
422
6-2. Using the interior lights
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Front
Door position
Off
Rear (if equipped)
On
Door position
Off
On
Off
Interior lights
CTH53AP035
1
2
1
2
3
Vanity lights (if equipped)
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 422 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
423
6-2. Using the interior lights
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Front
On/off
When the lights are on due to
the door link switch, a light will
not turn off even if its lens is
pressed.
Rear (if equipped)
On/off
When the front interior lights are
on due to the door link switch, a
light will not turn off even if its
lens is pressed.
Personal lights
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 423 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
424
6-2. Using the interior lights
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Illuminated entry system
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
When the interior light switch is in the door position, the interior lights auto-
matically turn on/off according to the engine switch position, whether the
doors are locked/unlocked and whether the doors are open/closed.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
When the interior light switch is in the door position, the interior lights and
engine switch light automatically turn on/off according to engine switch mode,
the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked
and whether the doors are open/closed.
To prevent battery discharge
The following lights will turn off automatically after 20 minutes:
Personal/interior lights
Luggage compartment light
Vanity lights (if equipped)
Customization that can be configured at any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 630)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 424 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
425
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features
Auxiliary boxes (P. 429)
Glove box (P. 426)
Bottle holders (P. 427)
Cup holders (if equipped)
(P. 428)
Console box (P. 426)
WARNING
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur
due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored inside.
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 425 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
426
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Pull up the lever to open the glove
box.
The glove box light turns on when the tail lights are on.
Glove box
Console box
Console box
Upper level box
Lift the lid while pulling up the
knob on the right seat side.
Lift the lid while pulling up the
knob on the left seat side.
The console box lid can be slid forward or
backward. (with slide function)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 426 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
427
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
When storing a bottle, close the cap.
The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
Bottle holders
Front
Rear
WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 427 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
428
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Cup holders
Front
Rear (if equipped)
The insert for the front cup holders can
be removed for cleaning.
The front cup holders can be adjusted to
the appropriate size for a cup or drink
can by changing the insert position.
WARNING
Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 428 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
429
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Auxiliary boxes
Type A
Type B
Push the lid to open. Pull the tab to open.
Type C
Pull the lid to open.
Type C only: The tray can be removed.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 429 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
430
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed. In the event of sudden braking, an acci-
dent may occur due to an occupant being struck by an open auxiliary box
or the items stored inside.
Type A only: Do not store items heavier than 0.2 kg (0.4 lb.).
Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the items inside may fall
out, resulting in an accident.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 430 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
431
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Cargo hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
Luggage compartment features
Cargo hooks (if equipped)
WARNING
To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their positions when they
are not in use.
Grocery bag hooks
NOTICE
Do not hang any object heavier than 4 kg (8.8 lb.) on the grocery bag hook.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 431 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
432
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Upper position
Lower position
The lower position can be used
when the deck board is placed on
the deck mat.
Deck board (if equipped)
1
2
WARNING
Do not place anything on the deck board when operating the board.
Otherwise, your fingers may be caught or an accident may result causing
injuries.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 432 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
433
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Lift the deck board tab and pull
it toward you to remove it. (if
equipped)
Lift the deck mat tab and pull it
toward you to remove it.
Auxiliary boxes (if equipped)
1
2
Type A
Type B
Type C
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 433 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
434
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The luggage side trays can be
removed when the deck board is
in the lower position.
Side auxiliary boxes (if equipped)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 434 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
435
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
Unhook the cords.
Remove the cover from the anchors.
The cover can be removed by pulling it in the direction of the arrow
labeled “A”.
If this does not work, pull the cover in the direction labeled “B”.
Removing the luggage cover
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 435 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
436
6-3. Using the storage features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The luggage cover can be stowed on the back of the rear seats.
Insert one side of the luggage cover into the gap between the back of the
rear seat and deck side trim.
While moving the luggage cover toward the back of the rear seat, insert the
other side of the luggage cover.
Make sure that the luggage cover is securely installed.
When using the luggage cover, reverse the steps listed.
NOTICE
Do not apply a strong impact to the stored luggage cover. Doing so may
damage the luggage cover.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 436 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
437
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
6-4. Other interior features
To set the visor in the forward
position, flip it down.
To set the visor in the side posi-
tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
Open the cover.
Other interior features
Sun visors
1
2
Vanity mirrors
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 437 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
438
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The clock can be adjusted by pressing the buttons.
Adjusts the hours
Adjusts the minutes
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The clock is displayed when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The clock is displayed when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNI-
TION ON mode.
When the battery terminals are disconnected and reconnected, the clock
will automatically be set to 1:00.
The ashtray can be installed in a
cup holder. (P. 428)
Clock
1
2
Portable ashtray (if equipped)
WARNING
When not in use, keep the ashtray closed.
Injuries may result in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an
accident.
To prevent fire, fully extinguish matches and cigarettes before putting them
in the ashtray, then make sure the ashtray is fully closed.
To prevent fire, do not place paper or any other type of flammable object in
the ashtray.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 438 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
439
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
For front and rear: Please use as a power supply for electronic goods
that use less than 12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of 120 W).
When using electronic goods, make sure that the power consumption
of all the connected power outlets is less than 120 W.
For luggage compartment: Please use as a power supply for elec-
tronic goods that use less than 12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of
120 W).
Power outlets
Front
Rear
Pull the lid to open it, then open
the cover.
Open the cover.
Luggage compartment
Open the cover.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 439 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
440
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
The power outlets can be used when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or
“ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
The power outlets can be used when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY
or IGNITION ON mode.
Vehicles with Stop & Start system: When the engine restarts after having
been stopped by the Stop & Start system, the power outlet may be tempo-
rarily unusable, but this is not a malfunction.
Fold down the armrest for use.
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the power outlets, close the power outlet covers when
the power outlets are not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlets may cause a short
circuit.
To prevent battery discharge, do not use the power outlets longer than
necessary when the engine is not running.
Armrest (if equipped)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the arm-
rest.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 440 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
441
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
An assist grip installed on the ceil-
ing can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
Coat hooks are provided on the
rear assist grips.
Assist grips
WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not put a heavy load on the assist
grip.
Coat hooks
WARNING
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 441 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
442
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Use the overhead switch to open or close the panoramic roof shade.
Closing
Automatic full-closing (press
and hold)*
Opening
Automatic full-opening (press
and hold)*
*: Pressing either side of the switch
will stop the panoramic roof shade
travel partway.
The panoramic roof shade can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the panoramic roof shade and the frame
while closing, travel is stopped and the panoramic roof shade opens slightly.
If the panoramic roof shade does not open/close automatically
Press the open side of the switch to open the panoramic roof shade.
Press and hold the open side of the switch until the panoramic roof shade
opens fully and then closes slightly.
After this procedure is completed, check that the automatic opening/closing
function is available.
If the automatic opening/closing function does not work properly, have the
vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Panoramic roof shade (if equipped)
1
2
3
4
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 442 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
443
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
6
Interior features
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Closing the panoramic roof shade
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the panoramic roof shade is
being operated.
Do not allow children to operate the panoramic roof shade.
Closing a panoramic roof shade on someone can cause death or serious
injury.
The driver is responsible for instructing children not to operate the pan-
oramic roof shade.
Jam protection function
Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the panoramic roof shade fully closes.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 443 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
444
6-4. Other interior features
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 444 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
445
7
Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ..........446
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ...........450
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements....................453
7-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ......................456
Hood ..................................459
Positioning a floor jack.......461
Engine compartment..........462
Tires...................................483
Tire inflation pressure ........498
Wheels...............................500
Air conditioning filter ..........503
Wireless remote
control/electronic key
battery..............................505
Checking and replacing
fuses ................................508
Light bulbs .........................514
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 445 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
446
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7-1. Maintenance and care
Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
Wipe away any water.
Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
Automatic car washes
Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of
the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving.
Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle’s paint.
High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.
Before using the car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is
closed properly.
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 446 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
447
7-1. Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
When using a car wash (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol-
lowing correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
Place the key in a position 2 m (6 ft.) or more separate from the vehicle
while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not
stolen.)
Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart entry &
start system. (P. 148)
Aluminum wheels (if equipped)
Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard
brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical
cleaners.
Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after
driving for long distance in the hot weather.
Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use.
Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
WARNING
When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components etc. to catch fire.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 447 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
448
7-1. Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When cleaning the windshield (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield
wiper)
When the upper part of the windshield where the raindrop sensor is
located is touched by hand
When a wet rag or similar is held close to the raindrop sensor
If something bumps against the windshield
If you directly touch the raindrop sensor body or if something bumps
into the raindrop sensor
Installation area of front sensor on windshield:P. 257
Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the exhaust pipe until it
has cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
Set the wiper switch to off.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wip-
ers may operate unexpectedly in the fol-
lowing situations, and may result in
hands being caught or other serious
injuries and cause damage to the wiper
blades.
Off
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 448 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
449
7-1. Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels etc.)
Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
After driving near the sea coast
After driving on salted roads
If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
Cleaning the exterior lights
Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms
When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side
wiper arm upward first, and repeat for the passenger side. When returning
the wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first.
When using an automatic car wash (vehicles with rain-sensing wind-
shield wiper)
Set the wiper switch to the off position.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate and the wiper
blades may be damaged.
When using a high pressure car wash
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they
come into contact with high-pressure water.
Traction related parts
Steering parts
Suspension parts
Brake parts
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 449 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
450
7-1. Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 450 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
451
7-1. Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
Water in the vehicle
Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch
fire.
Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 43)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 451 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
452
7-1. Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
Cleaning detergents
Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alco-
hol
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
Cleaning the inside of the rear window
Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires. Use a cloth dampened
with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in
strokes running parallel to the heater wires.
Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 452 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
453
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
7-2. Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For full details of your maintenance schedule, read the “Toyota Service
Booklet” or “Toyota Warranty Booklet”.
Do-it-yourself maintenance
What about do-it-yourself maintenance?
Many maintenance items are easy to do yourself if you have a little
mechanical ability and a few basic automotive tools.
Note, however, that some maintenance tasks require special tools and
skills. These are best performed by qualified technicians. Even if you’re
an experienced do-it-yourself mechanic, we recommend that repairs
and maintenance be conducted by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional. Any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer will keep a record of maintenance,
which could be useful should you ever require Warranty Service. Should
you choose to select a qualified and equipped professional other than
an authorized Toyota repairer to service or maintain your vehicle, we
recommend that you request that a record of maintenance be kept.
Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance is essential. Toyota recommends the following
maintenance:
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 453 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
454
7-2. Maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Where to go for maintenance service?
In order to maintain your vehicle in the best possible condition, Toyota recom-
mends that maintenance service operations as well as other inspections and
repairs be carried out by authorized Toyota dealers or repairers or other duly
qualified and equipped professionals. For repairs and services covered by
your warranty, please visit an authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, who will
use genuine Toyota parts in repairing any difficulties you may encounter.
There can also be advantages in utilizing authorized Toyota dealers or repair-
ers for non-warranty repairs and services, as members of the Toyota network
will be able to expertly assist you with any difficulties you may encounter.
Your Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional will perform all of the scheduled maintenance on your vehicle reliably
and economically due to their experience with Toyota vehicles.
Does your vehicle need repair?
Be on the alert for changes in performance and sounds, and visual tip-offs
that indicate service is needed. Some important clues are:
Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A fluid leak under the vehicle (However, water dripping from the air condi-
tioning after use is normal.)
Change in exhaust sound (This may indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and have the exhaust system checked
immediately.)
Flat-looking tires, excessive tire squeal when cornering, uneven tire wear
Vehicle pulls to one side when driving straight on a level road
Strange noises related to suspension movement
Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling brake pedal or clutch pedal
(vehicles with a manual transmission), pedal almost touches the floor, vehi-
cle pulls to one side when braking
Engine coolant temperature continually higher than normal
If you notice any of these clues, take your vehicle to any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional, as
soon as possible. Your vehicle may need adjustment or repair.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 454 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
455
7-2. Maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible serious injury or death.
Handling of the battery
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com-
pounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after
handling. (P. 477)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 455 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
456
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition
(P. 477)
Warm water Baking soda Grease
Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Engine coolant
level (P. 474)
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
Engine oil level
(P. 467)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)
Fuses (P. 508) Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Light bulbs
(P. 514)
Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi-
nal
Phillips-head screwdriver
Flathead screwdriver Wrench
Radiator, con-
denser and inter-
cooler (P. 476)
Tire inflation pres-
sure (P. 498)
Tire pressure gauge
Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(P. 480)
Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 456 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
457
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
When working on the engine compartment
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the
affected area with clean water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, consult a doctor.
When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
Be sure the engine switch is off.
With the engine switch in the “ON” position, the electric cooling fan may
automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant tem-
perature is high. (P. 476)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
Be sure the engine switch is off.
With the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric cooling fan may
automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant tem-
perature is high. (P. 476)
Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
from getting in your eyes.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 457 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
458
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.
If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 458 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
459
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Pull up the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.
Hold the hood open by inserting
the support rod into the slot.
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 459 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
460
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling
down onto your head or body.
NOTICE
When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod not clipped could cause the hood to bend.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 460 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
461
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Front
Rear
Type A
Type B
Positioning a floor jack
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 461 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
462
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1NR-FE engine
Engine compartment
Washer fluid tank
(P. 480)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 474)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 470)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 467)
Battery (P. 477)
Fuse box (P. 508)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 476)
Radiator (P. 476)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 462 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
463
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
1ZR-FAE engine
Washer fluid tank
(P. 480)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 474)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 470)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 467)
Battery (P. 477)
Fuse box (P. 508)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 476)
Radiator (P. 476)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 463 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
464
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8NR-FTS engine
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 474)
Intercooler coolant reservoir
(P. 475)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 470)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 467)
Battery (P. 477)
Fuse box (P. 508)
Radiator (P. 476)
Condenser (P. 476)
Electric cooling fans
Intercooler
Washer fluid tank (P. 480)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 464 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
465
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
1ND-TV engine
Washer fluid tank
(P. 480)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 474)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 470)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 467)
Fuel filter (P. 481)
Battery (P. 477)
Fuse box (P. 508)
Radiator (P. 476)
Electric cooling fan
Condenser (P. 476)
Intercooler (P. 476)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 465 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
466
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1WW engine
Washer fluid tank
(P. 480)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 474)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 470)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 467)
Fuel filter (P. 482)
Fuse box (P. 508)
Battery (P. 477)
Condenser (P. 476)
Electric cooling fans
Intercooler (P. 476)
Radiator (P. 476)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 466 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
467
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
Checking the engine oil
Gasoline engine: Park the vehicle on level ground. After turning
off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain back
into the bottom of the engine.
Diesel engine: Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming
up the engine and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the
oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine.
Engine oil
1
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 467 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
468
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out.
2
1NR-FE engine
1ZR-FAE engine
8NR-FTS engine
1ND-TV engine
1WW engine
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 468 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
469
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check the
oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick may differ depending on the type of
vehicle or engine.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
3
4
5
1
2
3
Flat dipstick
Non-flat dipstick type A
Non-flat dipstick type B
6
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 469 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
470
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of
the same type as that already in the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
1NR-FE engine
1ZR-FAE engine
8NR-FTS engine
1ND-TV engine
1WW engine
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 470 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
471
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
Engine oil selection P. 615
Oil quantity
(Low Full)
Gasoline engine
1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Diesel engine
1.3 L (1.4 qt., 1.1 Imp. qt.)
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 471 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
472
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, when towing, or
when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently
When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic
After changing the engine oil (8NR-FTS, 1ND-TV and 1WW engines only)
The engine oil maintenance data should be reset. Perform the following pro-
cedures:
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Switch the display to the trip meter “A” when the engine is running.
(P. 102)
Turn the engine switch off.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
While pressing the display change switch or the “DISP” switch (P. 102),
turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (do not start the engine because
reset mode will be canceled). Continue to press and hold the switch until
the trip meter displays “000000”.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
While pressing the display change switch or the “DISP” switch (P. 102),
turn the engine switch to the IGNITION ON mode (do not start the engine
because otherwise the reset mode will be canceled). Continue to press and
hold the switch until the trip meter displays “000000”.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Switch the display to the trip meter “A” when the engine is running.
(P. 109)
Turn the engine switch off.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
While pressing the “TRIP” switch (P. 109), turn the engine switch to the
“ON” position (do not start the engine because reset mode will be
canceled). Continue to press and hold the switch until the trip meter dis-
plays “00000”.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
While pressing the “TRIP” switch (P. 109), turn the engine switch to the
IGNITION ON mode (do not start the engine because otherwise the reset
mode will be canceled). Continue to press and hold the switch until the trip
meter displays “00000”.
1
2
3
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 472 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
473
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
Used engine oil
Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
When replacing the engine oil
Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
Engine oil (1ND-TV engine only)
Using an engine oil other than ACEA C2 may damage the catalytic con-
verter.
Engine oil (1WW engine only)
Using engine oil other than “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil 5W-30 Premium Fuel
Economy for 1WW/2WW engines” or any other approved engine oil, may
damage the catalytic converter.
If “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil 5W-30 Premium Fuel Economy for 1WW/2WW
engines” or any other approved engine oils are not available at the time, up
to 1 L (1.1 qt., 0.9 Imp. qt.) of ACEA C3 can be used to refill. (P. 615)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 473 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
474
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Engine coolant reservoir
1NR-FE, 1ZR-FAE and 1ND-FTV engines
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to
the “FULL” line.
8NR-FTS engine
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to
the “FULL” line.
1WW engine
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to
the “FULL” line.
Coolant
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 474 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
475
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Intercooler coolant reservoir (8NR-FTS engine only)
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW line, add coolant up to
the “FULL” line.
Coolant selection
Except 1WW engine
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -35C [-31F])
For more details about engine coolant, contact any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
1WW engine
Only use “Toyota Genuine Premium Long Life Coolant 1WW/2WW” or equiv-
alent.
“Toyota Genuine Premium Long Life Coolant 1WW/2WW” concentrated prod-
uct always needs to be mixed as 50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
(Minimum temperature: -35C [-31F])
For more details about engine coolant, contact any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional, test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
1
2
3
WARNING
When the engine is hot
Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 475 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
476
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Check the radiator, condenser and intercooler
*
and clear away any
foreign objects.
If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
*
: 1ND-TV and 1WW engines only
NOTICE
When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Radiator, condenser and intercooler
WARNING
When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator, condenser or intercooler as they may be hot and
cause serious injuries, such as burns.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 476 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
477
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Check the battery as follows.
Caution symbols
The meanings of each caution symbol on the top of the battery are
as follows:
Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
Battery
No smoking, no naked
flames, no sparks
Battery acid
Shield eyes
Note operating
instructions
Keep away from chil-
dren
Explosive gas
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 477 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
478
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and
explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging:
If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the battery.
After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart entry &
start system)
Unlocking the doors using the smart entry & start system may not be possi-
ble immediately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wire-
less remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine
may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will
operate normally from the second attempt.
The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is recon-
nected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in
before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine
before disconnecting the battery. Take extra care when connecting the bat-
tery if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
WARNING
Chemicals in the battery
Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the
battery:
Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
Keep children away from the battery.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 478 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
479
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
How to recharge the battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
NOTICE
When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is operating. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 479 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
480
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles without headlight cleaner
If any washer does not work, the
washer tank may be empty. Add
washer fluid.
Vehicles with headlight cleaner
If the fluid level is extremely low
add washer fluid.
Raise the cap keeping your finger
pressed down on the hole in the
center and check the fluid level in
the tube.
Washer fluid
WARNING
When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid
contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 480 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
481
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
You may drain the fuel filter yourself. However, as the operation is dif-
ficult, we recommend having it drained by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional. Even if you decide to drain it yourself, contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Water in the fuel filter needs to be drained if the fuel filter warning light
comes on and a buzzer sounds.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
Water in the fuel filter needs to be drained if the “Drain water from fuel
filter.” warning message is shown on the multi-information display and
a buzzer sounds.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine
switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine switch
off.
Place a small tray under the drain plug to catch the water and any
fuel that comes out.
NOTICE
Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
Fuel filter (1ND-TV engine only)
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 481 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
482
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Turn the drain plug
counterclockwise about 2 to 2
1/2 turns.
Operate the priming pump until
fuel begins to run out.
After draining, tighten the drain plug by hand.
It is necessary to drain water from the fuel filter in the following
situations:
Fuel filter type A
*
: Every 20000 km (12000 miles)
Fuel filter type B
*
: "Drain water from fuel filter." is displayed on the
multi-information display and a buzzer sounds.
*
: Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional for identifying the fuel filter type.
Have the fuel filter drained by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
3
4
Fuel filter (1WW engine only)
NOTICE
When there is water in the fuel filter
Do not drive continuously with water accumulated in the fuel filter. This will
cause damage to the fuel injection pump.
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 482 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
483
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread.
Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “
” mark, etc.,
molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 483 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
484
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and help
extend tire life, Toyota recom-
mends that tire rotation is carried
out approximately every 10000 km
(6000 miles).
When rotating front and rear tires
which have different tire inflation
pressures, do not fail to initialize
the tire pressure warning system
after tire rotation.
Rotate the tires in the order shown.
To equalize tire wear and help extend tire life, Toyota recommends
that tire rotation is carried out approximately every 10000 km (6000
miles).
Tire rotation (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
Front
Tire rotation (vehicles without a tire pressure warning system)
Vehicles with a spare tire of a
different wheel type from the
installed tires or an emergency
tire puncture repair kit
Vehicles with a spare tire of
the same wheel type as the
installed tires
Front
Front
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 484 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
485
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious problems arise. (P. 546)
Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valves and transmitter ID
codes registered by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional. (P. 487)
Initializing the tire pressure warning system
The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the fol-
lowing circumstances:
When rotating front and rear tires which have different tire infla-
tion pressures.
When changing the tire size.
When the tire inflation pressure is changed such as when chang-
ing traveling speed or load weight.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
Tire pressure warning system (if equipped)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 485 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
486
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch off.
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (P. 625)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate based on
this pressure level.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine
switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Turn the engine
switch to the “ON” position.
Open the glove box. Press
and hold the tire pressure
warning reset switch until the
tire pressure warning light
blinks slowly 3 times.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Wait for a few minutes
with the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode and then turn the
engine switch off.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Wait for a few min-
utes with the engine switch in the “ON” position and then turn the
engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 486 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
487
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to expose
the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size or
location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Replacing tires and wheels (vehicles with a tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not regis-
tered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driving for
about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute and stays
on to indicate a system malfunction.
Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if it
has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
Routine tire inflation pressure checks (vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pres-
sure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine
of daily vehicle checks.
Low profile tires (17-inch tires)
Generally, low profile tires will wear more rapidly and tire grip performance
will be reduced on snowy and/or icy roads when compared to standard tires.
Be sure to use snow tires or tire chains* on snowy and/or icy roads and drive
carefully at a speed appropriate for road and weather conditions.
*
: Tire chains cannot be mounted on 225/45R17 tires.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 487 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
488
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the tread on snow tires wears down below 4 mm (0.16 in.)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equipment)
tire.
A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
Tire chains etc. are equipped.
An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified level.
If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
are used.
If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is not
registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
Performance may be affected in the following situations.
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electri-
cal noise.
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device.
When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go off
could be extended.
When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 488 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
489
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
The initialization operation (vehicles with a tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pressure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
If you have accidentally turned the engine switch off during initialization, it is
not necessary to press the reset switch again as initialization will restart
automatically when the engine switch has been turned to IGNITION ON
mode (vehicles with a smart entry & start system) or engine switch to the
“ON” position (vehicles without a smart entry & start system) for the next
time.
If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not necessary,
adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the tires are
cold, and conduct initialization again.
Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system (vehicles with
a tire pressure warning system)
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accordance
with driving conditions. For this reason, the system may give a warning even
if the tire pressure does not reach a low enough level, or if the pressure is
higher than the pressure that was adjusted to when the system was initial-
ized.
When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed (vehi-
cles with a tire pressure warning system)
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following
cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not operate
properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings are
unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional as soon as pos-
sible.
When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pressure
warning light does not blink 3 times.
After driving for a certain period of time since the initialization has been
completed, the warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute.
Registering ID codes (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
The ID codes of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters for two sets
of wheels can be registered.
It is not necessary to register the ID codes when replacing normal tires with
snow tires, if the ID codes for the wheels of both normal tires and snow tires
are registered beforehand.
For information about changing ID codes, ask any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 489 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
490
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Tire pressure warning system certification
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 490 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
491
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 491 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
492
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 492 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
493
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 493 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
494
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 494 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
495
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 495 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
496
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drivetrain as well as dan-
gerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in
death or serious injury.
Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow if your vehicle has a com-
pact spare tire installed.
When initializing the tire pressure warning system (vehicles with a tire
pressure warning system)
Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first adjusting
the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure
warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low, or it
may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 496 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
497
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps (vehicles with a tire pressure warning
system)
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer,
or another duly qualified and equipped professional as the tire pressure
warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled correctly.
Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the tire
pressure warning valves could be bound.
When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than those
specified. The cap may become stuck.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
(vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional or other qualified service shop as soon as possible.
After use of liquid sealant, make sure to replace the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter when repairing or replacing the tire. (P. 485)
Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the
cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause
damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s wheels and body.
Low profile tires (17-inch tires)
Low profile tires may cause greater damage than usual to the tire wheel
when sustaining impact from the road surface. Therefore, pay attention to
the following:
Be sure to use proper tire inflation pressure. If tires are under-inflated, they
may be damaged more severely.
Avoid potholes, uneven pavement, curbs and other road hazards. Failure
to do so may lead to severe tire and wheel damage.
If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 497 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
498
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Tire inflation pressure is specified on the label on the drivers side
door frame as shown.
Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
Reduced fuel economy
Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
Reduced tire life due to wear
Reduced safety
Damage to the drivetrain
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Tire inflation pressure
Make sure to maintain proper tire inflation pressure. Tire infla-
tion pressure should be checked at least once per month. How-
ever, Toyota recommends that tire inflation pressure be checked
once every two weeks. (P. 625)
Tire-loading information label
Left-hand drive vehicles
Right-hand drive vehicles
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 498 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
499
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been driven
for more than 1.5 km or 1 mile, you will get an accurate cold tire inflation
pressure reading.
Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear-
ance.
It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as heat is
generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is bal-
anced.
WARNING
Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
Excessive wear
Uneven wear
Poor handling
Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
Air leaking from between tire and wheel
Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 499 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
500
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset
*
.
Replacement wheels are available at any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
*
: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
Wheels of different sizes or types
Used wheels
Bent wheels that have been straightened
Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1600 km (1000 miles).
Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
When replacing wheels (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
The wheels of your vehicle (except spare tire) are equipped with tire pressure
warning valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system
to provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
must be installed. (P. 485)
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions (if equipped)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 500 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
501
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
When removing the wheel ornament (vehicles with a wheel cap clip)
Remove the wheel ornament using the
wheel cap clip.
WARNING
When replacing wheels
Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in the
Owners Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tube-
less tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious
injury.
When installing the wheel nuts
Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an acci-
dent and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or grease
from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Use of defective wheels prohibited (vehicles with aluminum wheels)
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels.
Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, possibly causing an
accident.
Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the
tapered ends facing inward. Installing
the nuts with the tapered ends facing
outward can cause the wheel to break
and eventually cause the wheel to come
off while driving, which could lead to an
accident resulting in death or serious
injury.
Tapered
portion
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 501 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
502
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles with
a tire pressure warning system)
Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly with
non-genuine wheels.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 502 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
503
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in the glove box on the
vehicle’s outer side to discon-
nect the claws. Then pull out
the glove box and disconnect
the lower claws.
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 503 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
504
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Remove the filter cover.
Replacement method
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter and replace it with a new
one.
The “UP” marks shown on the
filter should be pointing up.
Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Toyota Service Booklet” or “Toyota Warranty Booklet”.)
If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
4
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 504 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
505
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Flathead screwdriver
Small flathead screwdriver
Lithium battery CR2016 (vehicles without a smart entry & start sys-
tem), or CR2032 (vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
Wireless remote control/electronic key
battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted or “Key bat-
tery low.” is displayed on the multi-information display (vehicles
with a 2-ring meter only).
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 505 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
506
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Take out the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the battery cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 506 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
507
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Use a CR2016 (vehicles without a smart entry & start system) or CR2032
(vehicles with a smart entry & start system) lithium battery
Batteries can be purchased at any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
The smart entry & start system (if equipped), push button start (if equipped)
and wireless remote control will not function properly.
The operational range will be reduced.
WARNING
Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
Certification for the lithium battery
CAUTION:
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT
TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUC-
TIONS
NOTICE
For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 507 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
508
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment
Push the tab in and lift the lid off.
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 508 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
509
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Under the driver’s side instrument panel (left-hand drive vehicles)
Type A:
Remove the lid.
Type B:
Open the auxiliary box. Push in
each side of the auxiliary box to
disconnect the upper claws.
Pull out the auxiliary box and
disconnect the lower claws.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 509 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
510
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Under the passenger’s side instrument panel (right-hand drive vehi-
cles)
Type A:
Remove the cover* and the lid.
Type B:
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in each side of the glove
box disconnect the upper
claws. Then pull out the glove
box and disconnect the lower
claws.
*
: If equipped
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 510 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
511
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Only type A fuses can be removed
using the pullout tool.
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 511 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
512
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type A, B, C and D:
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
Type E:
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
4
1
2
Type A
Type B
Type C
Type D
Type E
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 512 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
513
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
After a fuse is replaced
If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (P. 514)
If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent
overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be
unusable.
WARNING
To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional as soon as possible.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 513 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
514
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 627)
Front
Vehicles with halogen headlights
Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty
level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. As there is a
danger that components may be damaged, we recommend that
replacement is carried out by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Bulb locations
Headlights
Side turn signal lights
Front turn signal lights
Front fog lights (if equipped)
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 514 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
515
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Vehicles with LED headlights
Rear (left-hand drive vehicles)
Side turn signal lights
Front turn signal lights
Front fog lights (if equipped)
1
2
3
Back-up light
Stop lights
Rear turn signal lights
License plate lights
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 515 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
516
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Rear (right-hand drive vehicles)
Stop lights
Back-up light
License plate lights
Rear turn signal lights
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 516 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
517
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Headlights (vehicles with halogen headlights)
Remove the securing clip.
Pull out the washer fluid filler
opening after turning it.
(When replacing right side
bulb only.)
Remove the cover.
Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise and
remove it.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Replacing light bulbs
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 517 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
518
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Replace the light bulb, and
install the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
Turn and secure the bulb
base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlights on once and visu-
ally confirm that no light is leak-
ing through the mounting.
Install the cover.
To make sure the cover is
installed securely, align the pro-
truding part (A) with the center
of the area (B) shown in the
illustration and push the perime-
ter of the cover firmly.
Install the washer fluid filler
opening by inserting and
turning it. Install the securing
clip. (When replacing right
side bulb only.)
5
6
A
B
7
8
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 518 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
519
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Front fog lights (if equipped)
Turn the steering wheel in
the opposite direction of the
light to be replaced.
Turn the steering wheel to a
point that allows your hand to
easily fit between the tire and
fender liner.
Remove the 2 screws and
partly remove the fender
liner.
Partly remove the fender
liner until the bulb is visible.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 519 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
520
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise and
remove it.
Install a new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
Turn clockwise and secure the
bulb base.
Install the connector.
Shake the connector gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the front fog lights on once and
visually confirm that no light is
leaking through the mounting.
When installing the fender liner, install by conducting and
with the directions reversed.
Make sure that the fender liner is attached to the inside of the bumper.
5
6
7
8 3 2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 520 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
521
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Front turn signal lights
Remove the securing clip.
Pull out the washer fluid filler
opening after turning it.
(When replacing right side
bulb only.)
Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing the light bulb, install by conducting and
with the directions reversed.
Install the washer fluid filler
opening by inserting and
turning it. Install the securing
clip. (When replacing right
side bulb only.)
1
2
3
4 3 2
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 521 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
522
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Stop lights and rear turn signal lights
Open the back door and
remove the 2 screws.
Remove the lamp assembly
by pulling it straight back.
Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise.
Stop lights
Rear turn signal lights
Remove the light bulb.
Stop lights
Rear turn signal lights
When installing the light bulb, install by conducting and
with the directions reversed.
Install the lamp assembly
and then install the 2 screws.
Align the guide ( ) and pin
( ) on the lamp assembly with
the mounting when installing it.
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
4 3 2
5
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 522 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
523
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Back-up light
Open the back door and
remove the cover.
Insert a flathead screwdriver or
similar into the hole at the top of
the cover and remove it as
shown in the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise and
remove it.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 523 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
524
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
License plate lights
Remove the light unit
Insert a flathead screwdriver or
similar into the hole next to the
light and remove it as shown in
the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise and
remove it.
Remove the light bulb
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 524 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
525
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
Side turn signal lights
Remove the cover
Insert the flathead screwdriver
and slide along the side turn sig-
nal light.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Press on the 2 clips and
remove the side turn signal
light from the visor housing.
Remove the socket from the
side turn signal light housing.
Remove the bulb.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 525 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
526
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Replace the bulb and install
the socket to the side turn
signal light housing.
Align the grooves of the socket
to the side turn signal light hous-
ing.
With the wire harness pass-
ing through the lower part of
the side turn signal light,
install it to the visor housing.
Align the 6 tabs and install
the cover.
After hearing a click sound, con-
firm that the cover is secure.
Replacing the following bulbs
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Headlights (vehicles with LED headlights)
Front position lights/daytime running lights
High mounted stoplight
Tail lights
Rear fog light
5
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 526 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
527
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
7
Maintenance and care
LED light bulbs
The headlights (vehicles with LED headlights), rear fog light, high mounted
stoplight, front position lights/daytime running lights and tail lights consist of a
number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional to have the light replaced.
Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional for more information in the following situations:
Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
Water has built up inside the headlight.
When replacing light bulbs
P. 513
WARNING
Replacing light bulbs
Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 527 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
528
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 528 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
529
8
When trouble arises
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers...........530
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency.......................531
8-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed..........................533
If you think something is
wrong...............................539
Fuel pump shut off
system .............................540
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds.............................541
If a warning message is
displayed .........................553
If you have a flat tire
(vehicles with a
spare tire) ........................559
If you have a flat tire
(vehicles with an
emergency tire puncture
repair kit)..........................573
If the engine will
not start............................589
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........591
If the vehicle battery is
discharged .......................594
If your vehicle
overheats.........................600
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls...............604
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................605
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 529 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
530
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8-1. Essential information
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not
operating, the battery may discharge.
Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 530 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
531
8-1. Essential information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
Vehicles without a smart entry
& start system: Stop the engine
by turning the engine switch to
the “ACC” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry &
start system: To stop the
engine, press and hold the
engine switch for 2 consecutive
seconds or more, or press it
briefly 3 times or more in suc-
cession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
4
Press and hold for 2 seconds or
more, or press briefly 3 times or more
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 531 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
532
8-1. Essential information
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
If the engine has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Never attempt to remove
the key, as doing so will lock the steering wheel.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 532 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
533
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional or commercial towing service before towing.
The engine is running but the vehicle does not move.
The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional or commercial towing
service, using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a sling-type truck
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 533 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
534
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Apply the parking brake and turn the engine switch off.
Use wheel chocks for all 4 wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling.
Secure the vehicle by strapping
the tires to the deck of the tow
truck as shown.
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
From the front
From the rear
Release the parking brake. Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
Using a flatbed truck
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 534 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
535
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
If a tow truck is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency
towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads
for at most 80 km (50 miles) at under 30 km/h (18 mph).
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Take out the towing eyelet. (P. 560, 575)
Remove the eyelet cover using
a flathead screwdriver.
To prevent damage, cover the tip of
the screwdriver with a rag.
Insert the towing eyelet into the
hole and tighten partially by
hand.
Tighten down the towing eyelet
securely using a wheel nut
wrench
*
or hard metal bar.
*
: If the vehicle is not equipped with a
wheel nut wrench, a wheel nut
wrench can be purchased at any
authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Emergency towing
Emergency towing procedure
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 535 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
536
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet.
Take care not to damage the vehicle body.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Enter the vehicle
being towed and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with Stop & Start system: Before towing the vehicle, turn the
engine switch off once, and then start the engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Enter the vehicle being towed
and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Vehicles with Stop & Start system: Before towing the vehicle, turn the
engine switch off once, and then start the engine.
Shift the shift lever to N and release the parking brake.
When the shift lever cannot be shifted: P. 2 2 8
While towing
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will
not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
Wheel nut wrench
Vehicles without a wheel nut wrench: Wheel nut wrench can be purchased at
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
Vehicles with a wheel nut wrench: Wheel nut wrench is installed in the lug-
gage compartment. (P. 560)
5
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 536 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
537
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When towing the vehicle
To prevent causing serious damage to the Stop & Start system when
towing (vehicles with a Stop & Start system)
Never tow this vehicle with four wheels on the ground. Use a flatbed truck,
or lift up front or rear of the vehicle by using a wheel-lift type truck.
While towing
When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc. which place
excessive stress on the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing eye-
lets, cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may hit peo-
ple, and cause serious damage.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Do not turn the engine
switch to the “LOCK” position.
There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper-
ated.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Do not turn the engine switch
off.
There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper-
ated.
Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing.
Be sure to transport the vehicle with the
front wheels raised or with all four wheels
raised off the ground. If the vehicle is
towed with the front wheels contacting
the ground, the drivetrain and related
parts may be damaged.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 537 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
538
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Do not tow the vehicle from
the rear when the engine switch is in the “LOCK” position or the key is
removed.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Do not tow the vehicle from the
rear when the engine switch is off. The steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front wheels straight.
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
To prevent damage to the vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
To prevent damage to the vehicle when using a flatbed truck
Do not drive over wheel chocks, as doing so may damage the tires.
Do not tie down the vehicle over any parts other than the tires (do not use
parts such as the suspension).
When towing a vehicle equipped with the Stop & Start system (if
equipped)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: When it is necessary to tow
the vehicle with all 4 wheels contacting the ground, perform the following
procedure before towing the vehicle to protect the system.
Turn the engine switch off once, and then start the engine. If the engine
does not start, turn the engine switch to “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: When it is necessary to tow the
vehicle with all 4 wheels contacting the ground, perform the following proce-
dure before towing the vehicle to protect the system.
Turn the engine switch off once, and then start the engine. If the engine
does not start, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 538 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
539
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: High engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: High engine coolant temperature
gauge needle continually points higher than normal.
Changes in exhaust sound
Excessive tire squeal when cornering
Strange noises related to the suspension system
Pinging or other noises related to the engine
Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
Appreciable loss of power
Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional as soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 539 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
540
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Restart the engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or turn it off.
Restart the engine.
Fuel pump shut off system (gasoline engine
only)
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or
when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off
system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
NOTICE
Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 540 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
541
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
*
1
Indicates that:
The brake fluid level is low; or
The brake system is malfunctioning
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is
fully released the system is operating normally.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
(If equipped)
Charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
(If equipped)
Low engine oil pressure warning light
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
(If equipped)
High engine coolant temperature warning light
Indicates that the engine is almost overheating. (P. 600)
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 541 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
542
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
The electronic engine control system;
The electronic throttle control system; or
The electronic Multidrive (if equipped) control system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
The SRS airbag system; or
The seat belt pretensioner system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
The ABS; or
The brake assist system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
(Comes on in yellow)
(If equipped)
Cruise control indicator
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control system.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
(Comes on in yellow)
(If equipped)
Speed limiter indicator
Indicates a malfunction in the speed limiter system.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 542 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
543
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
(Comes on)
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system;
The TRC (Traction Control) system; or
The hill-start assist control system
The light will flash when the VSC or the TRC is operating.
(P. 333)
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
(If equipped)
PCS warning light
When the warning light flashes (and a buzzer sounds):
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Crash Safety sys-
tem)
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
When the warning light illuminates:
Indicates that the PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system) is tem-
porarily unavailable, possibly due to either of the following:
The part of the windshield around the front sensor being
dirty, fogged up or covered with condensation, ice, stick-
ers, etc.
Clear the dirt, fog, condensation, ice, stickers, etc.
(P. 256)
• Front sensor temperature being outside of its opera-
tional range
Wait for a while until the area around the front sensor
has cooled down sufficiently.
Either the VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system or PCS
(Pre-Crash Safety system) is disabled or both are dis-
abled.
To enable the PCS, enable both the VSC system and
PCS. (P. 261, 334)
(Flashes)
(If equipped)
Stop & Start cancel indicator
Indicates a malfunction in the Stop & Start system
(The Stop & Start cancel indicator will come on when the
system is canceled.: P. 288)
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 543 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
544
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
(If equipped)
Fuel filter warning light
Indicate that the amount of accumulated water in the fuel
filter has reached the specified level.
P. 481
(If equipped)
Low engine oil level warning light
Indicates that engine oil level is low, but does not indicate
a malfunction.
Check the level of engine oil, and add if necessary.
(P. 467)
(If equipped)
Engine oil change reminder light
When the light flashes:
Indicates that the engine oil is scheduled to be changed.
(The indicator will not work properly unless the oil mainte-
nance date has been reset).
Check the engine oil, and change if necessary. After
changing the engine oil, the oil change system
should be reset. (P. 472)
When the light comes on:
Indicates that the engine oil should be changed.
After the engine oil is changed and the oil maintenance
data has been reset.
Check and change the engine oil, and oil filter by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional. After changing
the engine oil, the oil change system should be reset.
(P. 472)
(If equipped)
DPF system warning light
Indicates that the DPF catalytic converter needs to be
cleaned due to repeated short trips and/or low-speed
driving.
Indicates that the amount of accumulated deposits in the
DPF catalytic converter has reached the specified level.
To clean with DPF catalytic converter, drive the vehi-
cle at a speed of 65 km/h (40 mph) or greater for 20 to
30 minutes as much as possible until the DPF system
warning light turns off
*
2
.
Do not turn off the engine as much as possible until
the DPF system warning light turns off.
If it is not possible to drive the vehicle at speeds of 65
km/h (40 mph) or greater, or the DPF system warning
light does not turn off even after driving for more than
30 minutes, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 544 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
545
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
(If equipped)
Open door warning light (warning buzzer)
*
3
Indicates that a door is not fully closed
Check that all the doors are closed.
(Flashes in yellow for
15 seconds.)
(If equipped)
Smart entry & start system indicator
Indicates a malfunction in the smart entry & start system.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional immediately.
Low fuel level warning light
3-ring meter:
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 7.5 L (2.0
gal., 1.6 Imp. gal.) or less
2-ring meter:
Gasoline engine: Indicates that remaining fuel is approx-
imately 7.5 L (2.0 gal., 1.6 Imp. gal.) or less
Diesel engine: Indicates that remaining fuel is approxi-
mately 8.3 L (2.2 gal., 1.8 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
Drivers and front passengers seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)
*
4
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passengers seat is occupied, the front
passengers seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
(If equipped)
Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights (warning
buzzer)
*
4
Warns the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts.
Fasten the seat belt.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 545 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
546
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
The buzzer sounds to indicate that the parking brake is still engaged (with
the vehicle having reached a speed of 5 km/h [3 mph]).
*
2
: The DPF system warning light may not turn off when the engine oil change
reminder light is on. In this event, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
*
3
: Open door warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle reaches a speed of 5 km/h (3 mph) or
more with any door open.
*
4
: Driver’s and passengers’ seat belt buzzer:
The driver’s and passengers’ seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the driver and
passengers that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds for
30 seconds after the vehicle reaches a speed of at least 20 km/h (12 mph).
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 90 more seconds.
(If equipped)
Tire pressure warning light
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
Natural causes (P. 549)
Flat tire (P. 559, 573)
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified
level.
The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case the
light does not turn off even if the tire inflation pres-
sure is adjusted, have the system checked by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system (P. 550)
Have the system checked by any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
(If equipped)
Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
P. 553
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 546 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
547
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turns off.
Follow the correction procedures. (vehicles with a smart entry &
start system and with a 3-ring meter)
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning
light
Warning light/Details/Action
Continuous Continuous
(Flashes in
yellow)
Smart entry & start system indicator (vehi-
cles with a Multidrive)
The electronic key was carried outside the
vehicle and the drivers door was opened
and closed while any shift position other than
P was selected without turning off the engine
switch.
Change the shift position to P.
Bring the electronic key back into the
vehicle.
Once
3 times
(Flashes in
yellow)
Smart entry & start system indicator (vehi-
cles with a Multidrive)
The electronic key was carried outside the
vehicle and the drivers door was opened
and closed while the shift position P was
selected without turning off the engine
switch.
Turn the engine switch off or bring the
electronic key back into the vehicle.
Once
3 times
(Flashes in
yellow)
Smart entry & start system indicator
Indicates that a door other than the drivers
door has been opened and closed with the
engine switch in any mode other than off and
the electronic key outside of the detection
area.
Confirm the location of the electronic
key.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 547 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
548
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Once
Continuous
(5 seconds)
(Flashes in
yellow)
Smart entry & start system indicator
An attempt was made to exit the vehicle with
the electronic key and lock the doors without
first turning the engine switch off.
Turn the engine switch off and lock the
doors again.
Once
(Flashes in
yellow for 15
seconds)
Smart entry & start system indicator
Indicates that the electronic key is not pres-
ent when attempting to start the engine.
Confirm the location of the electronic
key.
9 times
(Flashes in
yellow)
Smart entry & start system indicator
An attempt was made to drive when the reg-
ular key was not inside the vehicle.
Confirm that the electronic key is inside
the vehicle.
Once
(Flashes in
yellow for 15
seconds)
Smart entry & start system indicator
Indicates that the electronic key battery is
low.
Replace the battery.
(P. 505)
Once
(Flashes
quickly in
green for 15
seconds)
Smart entry & start system indicator
Indicates that the steering lock has not been
released.
Release the steering lock. (P. 219)
Once
(Flashes in
yellow for 30
seconds)
Smart entry & start system indicator
• When the doors were unlocked with the
mechanical key and then the engine switch
was pressed, the electronic key could not
be detected in the vehicle.
The electronic key could not be detected in
the vehicle even after the engine switch
was pressed two consecutive times.
Vehicles with a Multidrive: Touch the
electronic key to the engine switch while
depressing the brake pedal.
Vehicles with a manual transmission:
Touch the electronic key to the engine
switch while depressing the clutch pedal.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning
light
Warning light/Details/Action
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 548 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
549
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger,
and the warning light may not operate properly.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
For some models, the malfunction indicator lamp will come on if the fuel tank
becomes completely empty. If the fuel tank is empty, refuel the vehicle imme-
diately. The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after several trips.
If the malfunction indicator lamp does not go off, contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
as soon as possible.
When the tire pressure warning light comes on (vehicles with a tire pres-
sure warning system)
Carry out the following procedure after the tire temperature has lowered suffi-
ciently.
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust it to the appropriate level.
If the warning light does not go out after several minutes, check that the tire
inflation pressure is at the specified level and carry out initialization.
The warning light may come on again if the above operations are conducted
without first allowing the tire temperature to lower sufficiently.
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
(vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such as
natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature.
In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the warning light
(after a few minutes).
When a tire is replaced with a spare tire (vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve and trans-
mitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not turn off even
though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire. Replace the spare
tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation pressure. The tire pres-
sure warning light will go off after a few minutes.
Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function prop-
erly (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
P. 488
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 549 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
550
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system
If the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute fre-
quently when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position, have it
checked by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
If the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute fre-
quently when the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, have it
checked by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
If the engine oil change reminder light flashes (diesel engine)
Repeated short trips and/or low-speed driving may cause the oil to degrade
sooner than usual, regardless of the actual distance driven. If this happens,
the engine oil change reminder will flash.
Engine oil change reminder light comes on (diesel engine)
Replace the engine oil filter when the engine oil change reminder light does
not come on even if you have driven over 15000 km (9300 miles) after the
engine oil was changed.
There is a possibility that the engine oil change reminder light has been illumi-
nated when you have driven less than 15000 km (9300 miles) based on a
usage or driving condition.
Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily
drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the
warning buzzer may sound.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 550 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
551
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
If the steering wheel becomes heavier than usual when operating, hold
firmly and operate using more force than usual.
When driving to clean the DPF catalytic converter (diesel engine)
When driving, pay sufficient attention to weather, road conditions, terrain
and traffic conditions, and be sure to observe traffic laws and/or regulations.
Failure to do so may cause an unexpected accident, resulting in death or
serious injury.
If the tire pressure warning light comes on (vehicles with a tire pres-
sure warning system)
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a
loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire infla-
tion pressure immediately.
Vehicles with a spare tire: If the tire pressure warning light comes on even
after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat
tire. Check the tires. If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have
the flat tire repaired by the nearest authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Vehicles with an emergency tire puncture repair kit: If the tire pressure
warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is
probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire is flat, repair the
flat tire by using emergency tire puncture repair kit.
Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you
could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur (vehicles with a tire
pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 551 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
552
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly (vehi-
cles with a tire pressure warning system)
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire pres-
sure warning system may not operate properly.
When the DPF system warning light comes on (diesel engine)
If the DPF system warning light is left on without performing cleaning, after
an additional 100 to 300 km (62 to 187 miles), the malfunction indicator
lamp may come on. If this happens, have the vehicle inspected by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional immediately.
If the fuel filter warning light comes on (diesel engine)
Never drive the vehicle with the warning light on. Continued driving with
water accumulated in the fuel filter will damage the fuel injection pump.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 552 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
553
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the multi-
information display.
Multi-information display
If any of the message or indicator comes on again after the following
actions have been performed, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
The warning lights and warning buzzers operate as follows depending
on the content of the message. If a message indicates the need for
inspection by a dealer, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional immediately.
If a warning message is displayed (vehicles
with a 2-ring meter)
The multi-information display shows warnings of system mal-
functions, incorrectly performed operations, and messages that
indicate a need for maintenance. When a message is shown,
perform the correction procedure appropriate to the message.
1
2
Messages and warnings
System
warning
light
Warning buzzer* Warning
Comes
on
Sounds
Indicates an important situation,
such as when a system related to
driving is malfunctioning or that
danger may result if the correction
procedure is not performed
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 553 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
554
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
: A buzzer sounds the first time a message is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display
If the following message is displayed, take the appropriate actions.
“DPF full. See owners manual.” (diesel engine)
P. 5 5 7
If the following message is displayed, there may be a malfunction.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
“Brake effectiveness is reduced due to failure, please stop in a
safe area and check manual.”
Comes
on or
flashes
Sounds or does
not sound
Indicates an important situation,
such as when the systems shown
on the multi-information display
may be malfunctioning
Flashes Sounds
Indicates a situation, such as
when damage to the vehicle or
danger may result
Comes
on
Does not sound
Indicates a condition, such as
malfunction of electrical compo-
nents, their condition, or indicates
the need for maintenance
Does not sound
Indicates a situation, such as
when an operation has been per-
formed incorrectly, or indicates
how to perform an operation cor-
rectly
If a message instructing to refer to the Owner’s Manual is dis-
played
System
warning
light
Warning buzzer* Warning
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 554 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
555
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Take the appropriate actions as instructed in the message displayed.
If any of the following messages are displayed, also refer to this
Owner’s Manual.
If “Check charging system.” is displayed
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
If “Engine oil pressure low.” is displayed
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
When “Headlight system malfunction. Visit your dealer.” is
displayed on the multi-information display (if equipped)
The following systems may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional immediately.
The LED headlight system
The automatic headlight leveling system
Automatic High Beam
If “Front sensor systems are temporarily unavailable due to
inappropriate temp. Wait a moment.” or “Front Camera Vision
Blocked Clean and Demist Windshield.” is displayed (if
equipped)
The following systems may be suspended until the problem shown
in the message is resolved.
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety system)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
Automatic High Beam
RSA (Road Sign Assist)
Other messages displayed on the multi-information display
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 555 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
556
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If “Drain water from fuel filter.” is displayed (if equipped)
Indicates that the amount of water that has accumulated in the fuel
filter has reached a specified level.
P. 481, 482
If “Engine oil low.” is displayed (if equipped)
Indicates that the engine oil level may be low.
Check the engine oil level and add oil if necessary.
If “Oil Maintenance required soon.” is displayed (if equipped)
Indicates that the engine oil is scheduled to be changed. (The indi-
cator will not work properly unless the oil maintenance data has
been reset.)
Check the engine oil, and change if necessary. After changing the
engine oil, the oil change system should be reset. (P. 472)
If “Oil maintenance required.” is displayed (if equipped)
Indicates that the engine oil should be changed. (After the engine
oil is changed and the oil maintenance data has been reset.)
Check and change the engine oil, and oil filter by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional. After changing the engine oil, the oil change system
should be reset. (P. 472)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 556 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
557
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
If “DPF full. See owners manual.” is displayed (diesel engine)
Indicates that the amount of accumulated deposits in the DPF cata-
lytic converter has reached a specified level and it is necessary to
clean the DPF catalytic converter. (Deposits may accumulate more
quickly due to repeated short trips and/or frequent low-speed driv-
ing.)
To clean the DPF catalytic converter, drive the vehicle at a speed of
65 km/h (40 mph) or higher for 20 to 30 minutes until the message
is cleared
*
.
If possible, do not turn off the engine until the message is cleared.
If it is not possible to drive the vehicle at a speed of 65 km/h (40
mph) or higher, or if the message is not cleared after driving for
more than 30 minutes, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
*
: This message may not be cleared if the engine oil change reminder is also
displayed on the multi-information display. In this event, have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
If “DPF full, engine service required.” is displayed (1WW
engine)
Indicates that the automatic cleaning function may not be able to
operate due to the amount of accumulated deposits in the DPF cat-
alytic converter exceeding a specified level.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional imme-
diately.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 557 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
558
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
System warning light
In the following situation, the master warning light will not come on or flash.
Instead, a separate system warning light will come on along with a message
displayed on the multi-information display.
Malfunction of the brake system
The brake system warning light will come on. (P. 541)
Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
Engine oil change reminder message comes on (1ND-TV engine only)
Replace the engine oil filter when the engine oil change reminder message
does not come on even if you have driven over 15000 km (9300 miles) after
the engine oil was changed.
There is a possibility that the “Oil maintenance required.” message has been
displayed when you have driven less than 15000 km (9300 miles) based on a
usage or driving condition.
WARNING
When driving to clean the DPF catalytic converter (diesel engine)
When driving, pay sufficient attention to weather, road conditions, terrain
and traffic conditions, and be sure to observe traffic laws and/or regulations.
Failure to do so may cause an unexpected accident, resulting in death or
serious injury.
NOTICE
When the DPF system warning message comes on (diesel engine)
If the DPF system warning message is left on without performing cleaning,
after an additional 100 to 300 km (62 to 187 miles), the malfunction indicator
lamp may come on. If this happens, have the vehicle inspected by any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional immediately.
If the fuel filter warning message comes on (diesel engine)
Never drive the vehicle with the warning message is shown. Continued driv-
ing with water accumulated in the fuel filter will damage the fuel injection
pump.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 558 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
559
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P (Multidrive) or R (manual transmission).
Stop the engine.
Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 530)
If you have a flat tire (vehicles with a spare
tire)
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: P. 483
WARNING
If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 559 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
560
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Tool bag
Wheel nut wrench
Jack handle
Towing eyelet
Jack
Spare tire
1
2
3
4
5
6
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 560 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
561
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
Jack handle
Towing eyelet
Wheel nut wrench
Jack
Spare tire
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 561 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
562
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Remove the deck mat. (P. 433)
Take out the jack.
For tightening
For loosening
WARNING
Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off the
jack, leading to death or serious injury.
Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or install-
ing and removing tire chains.
Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replac-
ing tires on this vehicle.
Put the jack properly in its jack point.
Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported by
the jack.
Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is supported
by the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to replace
the tire.
Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the vehi-
cle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
Taking out the jack
1
2
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 562 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
563
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Remove the deck mat and tray. (P. 433)
Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire.
Taking out the spare tire
1
Vehicles with a compact spare
tire
Vehicles with a full-size spare
tire
2
WARNING
When storing the spare tire
Be careful not to catch fingers or other body parts between the spare tire
and the body of the vehicle.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 563 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
564
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Chock the tires.
For vehicles with steel wheels,
remove the wheel ornament
using the wrench.
To protect the wheel ornament,
place a rag between the wrench
and the wheel ornament.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Replacing a flat tire
1
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front
Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear
Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 564 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
565
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Turn the tire jack portion “A” by
hand until the notch of the jack
is in contact with the jack point.
The jack point guides are located
under the rocker panel. They indi-
cate the jack point positions.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
4
5
Vehicles with a compact spare
tire
Vehicles with a full-size spare
tire
6
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 565 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
566
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
WARNING
Replacing a flat tire
Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immediately
after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around the
brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or
other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to loosen
and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing a
serious accident. Remove any oil or grease from the wheel bolts or
wheel nuts.
Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 103 N•m
(10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the
wheel while the vehicle is moving.
When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifically
designed for that wheel.
If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut threads or
bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the tapered
ends facing inward. (P. 501)
Installing the spare tire
1
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 566 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
567
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
When replacing a steel wheel
with a steel wheel (including a
compact spare tire), tighten the
wheel nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose con-
tact with the disc wheel seat.
When replacing an aluminum
wheel with a steel wheel
(including a compact spare
tire), tighten the wheel nuts until
the tapered portion comes into
loose contact with the disc
wheel seat.
Lower the vehicle.
2
Tapered portion
Disc wheel
seat
Tapered portion
Disc wheel seat
3
Vehicles with a compact spare
tire
Vehicles with a full-size spare
tire
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 567 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
568
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
The full-size spare tire
On vehicles with a tire pressure warning system, the full-size spare tire has
a “Temporary use only” label on the outer surface of the wheel.
Use the full-size spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the full-size spare tire.
(P. 625)
The compact spare tire
The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(P. 625)
When the compact spare tire is equipped
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire com-
pared to when driving with standard tires.
When using the spare tire (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
As the spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve and trans-
mitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be indicated by the tire
pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the spare tire after the tire pres-
sure warning light comes on, the light remains on.
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 568 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
569
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle. Per-
form the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:
Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.
Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehicle.
Fit tire chains to the front tires.
When reinstalling the wheel ornament (vehicles with steel wheels)
Align the cutout of the wheel ornament
with the valve stem as shown in the illus-
tration.
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 569 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
570
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Certification for the jack
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 570 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
571
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
When using the full-size spare tire (vehicles with a tire pressure warn-
ing system)
Replace the full-size spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possible.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
When using the compact spare tire
Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically designed
for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire on another
vehicle.
Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously.
Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possible.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
When the compact spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following systems
may not operate correctly:
Speed limit when using the compact spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 80 km/h (50 mph) when a compact
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Failure to
observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or serious
injury.
After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in their
storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision
or sudden braking.
ABS & Brake assist
•VSC
•TRC
Automatic High Beam
(if equipped)
Cruise control (if equipped)
•EPS
PCS (if equipped)
LDA (Lane departure alert)
(if equipped)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 571 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
572
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire
installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire com-
pared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving over
uneven road surfaces.
Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving per-
formance.
When replacing the tires (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional as the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
(vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional or other qualified service shop as soon as possible.
Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when
replacing the tire. (P. 485)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 572 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
573
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
If you have a flat tire (vehicles with an
emergency tire puncture repair kit)
Your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire, but instead is equipped
with an emergency tire puncture repair kit.
A puncture caused by a nail or screw passing through the tire tread can
be repaired temporarily using the emergency tire puncture repair kit.
(The kit contains a bottle of sealant. The sealant can be used only once
to temporarily repair one tire without removing the nail or screw from
the tire.) Depending on the damage, this kit cannot be used to repair the
tire. (P. 574)
After temporarily repairing the tire with the kit, have the tire repaired or
replaced by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional. Repairs conducted using the
emergency tire puncture repair kit are only a temporary measure. Have
the tire repaired and replaced as soon as possible.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 573 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
574
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Before repairing the tire
Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P (Multidrive) or N (manual transmission).
Stop the engine.
Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 530)
Check the degree of the tire
damage.
Do not remove the nail or
screw from the tire. Remov-
ing the object may widen the
opening and prevent emer-
gency repair with the repair
kit.
A flat tire that cannot be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair
kit
In the following cases, the tire cannot be repaired with the emergency tire
puncture repair kit. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional.
When the tire is damaged due to driving without sufficient air pressure
When there are any cracks or damage at any location on the tire, such as on
the side wall, except the tread
When the tire is visibly separated from the wheel
When the cut or damage to the tread is 4 mm (0.16 in.) long or more
When the wheel is damaged
When two or more tires have been punctured
When 2 or more sharp objects such as nails or screws have passed through
the tread on a single tire
When the sealant has expired
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 574 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
575
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Location of the emergency tire puncture repair kit
*
: Use of the wheel cap clip (if equipped) (P. 501)
Wheel cap clip*
Towing eyelet
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 575 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
576
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Emergency tire puncture repair kit components
Nozzle
Hose
Compressor switch
Air pressure gauge
Pressure release button
Power plug
Stickers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 576 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
577
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Remove the deck mat. (P. 433)
Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit. (P. 575)
Take out the repair kit.
When taking out the bottle from the original bag, do not tear or discard the
bag.
Attach the 2 stickers as shown.
Remove any dirt and moisture from
the wheel before attaching the
label. If it is impossible to attach
the label, make sure to tell any
authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or other duly qualified and
equipped professional when you
have them repair and replace the
tire that sealant is injected.
Remove the valve cap from the
valve of the punctured tire.
Taking out the emergency tire puncture repair kit
Emergency repair method
1
2
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 577 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
578
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Remove the cap from the noz-
zle.
Connect the nozzle to the
valve.
Screw the end of the nozzle clock-
wise as far as possible.
The bottle should hang vertically
without contacting the ground. If
the bottle does not hang vertically,
move the vehicle so that the tire
valve is located properly.
Remove the cap from the bot-
tle.
Pull the hose out from the com-
pressor.
4
5
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 578 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
579
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Connect the bottle to the com-
pressor.
Screw the end of the nozzle clock-
wise as far as possible.
Make sure that the compressor
switch is off.
Remove the power plug from
the compressor.
Connect the power plug to the
power outlet socket. (P. 439)
8
9
10
11
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 579 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
580
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Check the specified tire inflation pressure.
Tire inflation pressure is specified on the label as shown. (P. 625)
Start the vehicle’s engine.
To inject the sealant and inflate
the tire, turn the compressor
switch on.
12
Left-hand drive vehicles
Right-hand drive vehicles
13
14
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 580 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
581
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Inflate the tire until the specified
air pressure is reached.
The sealant will be injected
and the pressure will surge
and then gradually decrease.
The air pressure gauge will
display the actual tire infla-
tion pressure about 1 minute
(5 minutes at low tempera-
ture) after the switch is
turned on.
Inflate the tire until the speci-
fied air pressure.
If the tire inflation pressure is
still lower than the specified
point after inflation for 35 min-
utes with the switch on, the tire
is too damaged to be repaired.
Turn the compressor switch off
and contact any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and
equipped professional.
If the tire inflation pressure exceeds the specified air pressure, let out
some air to adjust the tire inflation pressure. (P. 584, 625)
15
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 581 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
582
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Turn the compressor off.
Disconnect the nozzle from the valve on the tire and then pull out
the power plug from the power outlet socket.
Some sealant may leak when the hose is removed.
Press the button to release
pressure from the bottle.
Attach the cap to the nozzle.
Install the valve cap onto the valve of the repaired tire.
Disconnect the hose from the
bottle and attach the cap to the
bottle.
Place the bottle in the original bag
and zip it.
16
17
18
19
20
21
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 582 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
583
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Temporarily store the bottle and compressor in the luggage com-
partment.
To spread the liquid sealant evenly within the tire, immediately drive
safely for about 5 km (3 miles) below 80 km/h (50 mph).
After driving for about 5 km (3
miles), stop your vehicle in a
safe place on a hard, flat sur-
face and connect the compres-
sor.
Check the tire inflation pres-
sure.
If the tire inflation pressure is
under 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 19 psi): The puncture
cannot be repaired. Contact
any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
If the tire inflation pressure is 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 19 psi)
or higher, but less than the specified air pressure: Proceed to .
If the tire inflation pressure is the specified air pressure (P.
625): Proceed to .
Turn the compressor switch on to inflate the tire until the specified
air pressure is reached. Drive for about 5 km (3 miles) and then
perform .
Store the compressor in the luggage compartment.
Taking precautions to avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration
and sharp turns, drive carefully at under 80 km/h (50 mph) to the
nearest authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional for tire repair or replacement.
22
23
24
25
1
2
26
3
27
26
24
27
28
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 583 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
584
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If the tire is inflated to more than the specified air pressure
Check that the air pressure indicator shows the specified air pressure.
If the air pressure is under the designated pressure, turn the compressor
switch on again and repeat the inflation procedure until the specified air
pressure is reached.
After a tire is repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter should be replaced.
Even if the tire inflation pressure is at the recommended level, the tire pres-
sure warning light may come on/flash.
Press the button to let some air out.
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 584 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
585
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Note for checking the emergency tire puncture repair kit
Check the sealant expiry date occasionally.
The expiry date is shown on the bottle. Do not use sealant whose expiry date
has already passed. Otherwise, repairs conducted using the emergency tire
puncture repair kit may not be performed properly.
Emergency tire puncture repair kit
The sealant stored in the emergency tire puncture repair kit can be used
only once to temporarily repair a single tire. If the sealant has been used
and needs to be replaced, purchase a new bottle at any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional. The
compressor is reusable.
The sealant can be used when the outside temperature is from -30°C
(-22°F) to 60°C (140°F).
The repair kit is exclusively designed for size and type of tires originally
installed on your vehicle. Do not use it for tires that a different size than the
original ones, or for any other purposes.
The sealant has a limited lifespan. The expiry date is marked on the bottle.
The bottle of sealant should be replaced with a new bottle before the expiry
date. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qual-
ified and equipped professional for replacement.
If the sealant gets on your clothes, it may stain.
If the sealant adheres to a wheel or the surface of the vehicle body, the stain
may not be removable if it is not cleaned at once. Immediately wipe away
the sealant with a wet cloth.
During operation of the repair kit, a loud operation noise is produced. This
does not indicate a malfunction.
Do not use to check or to adjust the tire pressure.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 585 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
586
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
Driving with a flat tire may cause a circumferential groove on the side wall.
In such a case, the tire may explode when using a repair kit.
Caution while driving
The repair kit is exclusively only for your vehicle.
Do not use repair kit on other vehicles, which could lead to an accident
causing death or serious injury.
Do not use repair kit for tires that are different size than the original ones,
or for any other purpose. If the tires have not been completely repaired, it
could lead to an accident causing death or serious injury.
Precautions for use of the sealant
Ingesting the sealant is hazardous to your health. If you ingest sealant,
consume as much water as possible, and then immediately consult a doc-
tor.
If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to skin, immediately wash it off with
water. If discomfort persists, consult a doctor.
When fixing the flat tire
Stop your vehicle in a safe and flat area.
Do not touch the wheels or the area around the brakes immediately after
the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven, the wheels and the area around the
brakes may be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or
other body parts may result in burns.
To avoid risk of burst or severe leakage, do not drop or damage the bottle.
Visually inspect the bottle before use. Do not use a bottle with shock,
crack, scratch, leakage or any other damage. In such case, immediately
replace.
Connect the valve and hose securely with the wheel installed to the vehi-
cle. If the hose is not properly connected to the valve, air leakage may
occur and sealant may be sprayed out.
If the hose comes off the valve while inflating the tire, there is a risk that
the hose will move abruptly due to air pressure.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 586 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
587
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
When fixing the flat tire
After inflation of the tire has completed, the sealant may splatter when the
hose is disconnected or some air is let out of the tire.
Follow the operation procedure to repair the tire. If the procedures not fol-
lowed, the sealant may spray out.
Keep back from the tire while it is being repaired, as there is a chance of it
bursting while the repair operation is being performed. If you notice any
cracks or deformation of the tire, turn off the compressor switch and stop
the repair operation immediately.
The repair kit may overheat if operated for a long period of time. Do not
operate the repair kit continuously for more than 40 minutes.
Parts of the repair kit become hot during operation. Be careful when han-
dling the repair kit during and after operation. Do not touch the metal part
around the connecting area between the bottle and compressor. It will be
extremely hot.
Do not attach the vehicle speed warning sticker to an area other than the
one indicated. If the sticker is attached to an area where an SRS airbag is
located, such as the pad of the steering wheel, it may prevent the SRS
airbag from operating properly.
Driving to spread the liquid sealant evenly
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
Drive the vehicle carefully at a low speed. Be especially careful when turn-
ing and cornering.
If the vehicle does not drive straight or you feel a pull through the steering
wheel, stop the vehicle and check the following.
Tire condition. The tire may have separated from the wheel.
Tire inflation pressure. If the tire inflation pressure is 130 kPa (1.3
kgf/cm
2
or bar, 19 psi) or less, the tire may be severely damaged.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 587 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
588
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
NOTICE
When performing an emergency repair
A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit if
the damage is caused by a sharp object such as nail or screw passing
through the tire tread.
Do not remove the sharp object from the tire. Removing the object may
widen the opening and disenable emergency repair with the repair kit.
The repair kit is not waterproof. Make sure that the repair kit is not
exposed to water, such as when it is being used in the rain.
Do not put the repair kit directly onto dusty ground such as sand at the
side of the road. If the repair kit vacuums up dust etc., a malfunction may
occur.
Do not turn the bottle upside down when using it, as doing so may cause
damage to the compressor.
Precautions for the emergency tire puncture repair kit
The repair kit power source should be 12 V DC suitable for vehicle use. Do
not connect the repair kit to any other source.
If gasoline splatters on the repair kit, the repair kit may deteriorate. Take
care not to allow gasoline to contact it.
Place the repair kit in a storage to prevent it from being exposed to dirt or
water.
Store the repair kit in the tool tray under the deck mat out of reach of chil-
dren.
Do not disassemble or modify the repair kit. Do not subject parts such as
the air pressure indicator to impacts. This may cause a malfunction.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
(vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact
any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional or other qualified service shop as soon as possible.
After use of liquid sealant, make sure to replace the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter when repairing or replacing the tire. (P. 485)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 588 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
589
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures.
(P. 209, 213)
There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(P. 75)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
The battery may be discharged. (P. 594)
The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse.
However, an interim measure is available to start the engine.
(P. 590)
If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce-
dures are being followed (P. 209, 213), consider each of the fol-
lowing points:
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates
normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head-
lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with a smart entry
& start system)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 589 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
590
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
The battery may be discharged. (P. 594)
There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an
interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning
normally:
Shift the shift lever to P (Multidrive) or N (manual transmission).
Set the parking brake.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal (Multidrive) or clutch pedal (manual
transmission) firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head-
lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function (vehicles with a smart entry & start
system)
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 590 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
591
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Use the mechanical key (P.
124) in order to perform the fol-
lowing operations:
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
If the electronic key does not operate properly
(vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (P. 149) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart entry & start system,
push button start and wireless remote control cannot be used. In
such cases, the doors can be opened and the engine can be
started by following the procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 591 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
592
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Multidrive: Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake
pedal.
Manual transmission: Shift the shift lever to N and depress the
clutch pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
engine switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
engine switch will turn to IGNITION
ON mode.
When the smart entry & start sys-
tem is deactivated in customization
setting, the engine switch will turn
to ACCESSORY mode.
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: Firmly depress the brake pedal
(Multidrive) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) and check that
the smart entry & start system indicator light (green) turns on.
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: Firmly depress the brake pedal
(Multidrive) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) and check that
is shown on the multi-information display.
Press the engine switch.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact any autho-
rized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped
professional.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 592 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
593
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P (Multidrive) or N (manual transmission) and press the
engine switch as you normally do when stopping the engine.
Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 505)
Alarm (if equipped)
Using the mechanical key to lock the doors will not set the alarm system.
If a door is unlocked using the mechanical key when the alarm system is set,
the alarm may be triggered.
Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal (Multidrive) or clutch pedal (manual transmission)
and press the engine switch in step above.
The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is
pressed. (P. 216)
When the electronic key does not work properly
Make sure that the smart entry & start system and push button start has not
been deactivated in the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features P. 630)
Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(P. 148)
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 593 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
594
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Vehicles with an alarm: Confirm
that the key is being carried.
When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the
situation, the alarm may activate
and doors locked. (
P. 89)
Open the hood. (P. 459)
Vehicles with 1ND-TV engine, remove the engine cover.
Raise the front of the engine
cover to detach it from the clips
and then pull the cover to
detach it from the brackets on
the rear bar as shown in the
illustration.
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
If the vehicle battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can also call any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or
another duly qualified and equipped professional or a qualified
repair shop.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 594 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
595
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
1NR-FE engine
8NR-FTS engine
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 595 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
596
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1ZR-FAE and 1WW engines
1ND-TV engine
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.
1
2
3
4
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 596 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
597
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: Open and close any of
the doors of your vehicle with the engine switch off.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to the “ON” position, then start the vehicle’s engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, then start the vehicle’s
engine.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional as soon as possible.
Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
To prevent battery discharge
Turn off the headlights and audio system while the engine is stopped. (Vehi-
cles with a Stop & Start system: except when the engine is stopped by the
Stop & Start system.)
Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
5
6
7
8
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 597 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
598
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When recharging or replacing the battery
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: In some cases, it may not be
possible to unlock the doors using the smart entry & start system when the
battery is discharged. Use the wireless remote control or the mechanical
key to lock or unlock the doors.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: The engine may not start on the
first attempt after the battery has recharged but will start normally after the
second attempt. This is not a malfunction.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system: The engine switch mode is mem-
orized by the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will
return to the mode it was in before the battery was discharged. Before dis-
connecting the battery, turn the engine switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery dis-
charged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.
Vehicles with Stop & Start system:
After charging the battery or reconnecting the battery terminals, the Stop &
Start system may not automatically stop the engine for approximately 5 to
40 minutes.
When exchanging the battery (vehicles with Stop & Start system)
Use a battery specified for use with the Stop & Start system and equivalent to
a genuine battery. If an unsupported battery is used, Stop & Start system
functions may be restricted to protect the battery.
Also, battery performance may decrease and the engine may not be able to
restart. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional for details.
WARNING
Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery:
Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 598 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
599
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery:
When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
Do not lean over the battery.
In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE
When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fans or engine drive belt.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 599 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
600
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter: The high engine coolant temperature
warning light (P. 541) comes on or a loss of engine power is
experienced (for example, the vehicle speed does not increase).
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: The engine coolant temperature
gauge (P. 98) enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is
experienced (for example, the vehicle speed does not increase).
Steam comes out from under the hood.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys-
tem, and then stop the engine.
If you see steam:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
Except 8NR-FTS and 1WW engines
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radia-
tor) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fan
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional.
If your vehicle overheats
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
Correction procedures
1
2
3
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 600 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
601
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
8NR-FTS and 1WW engines
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radia-
tor) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact any
authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional.
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and
“LOW” lines on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“FULL”
“LOW”
3
1
2
4
1
2
3
Except 8NR-FTS and 1WW
engines
8NR-FTS engine
1WW engine
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 601 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
602
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Add coolant if necessary.
Water can be used in an emergency if coolant is unavailable.
Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check
that the radiator cooling fan operates and to check for coolant leaks
from the radiator or hoses.
The fan operates when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi-
ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fan is operating by checking the fan
sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning
system on and off repeatedly. (The fan may not operate in freezing tem-
peratures.)
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
If the fan is operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
5
Except 8NR-FTS engine
8NR-FTS engine
6
7
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 602 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
603
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from
the fan and belts. Failure to do so may cause the hands or clothing to be
caught, resulting in serious injury.
Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are
hot.
High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE
When adding coolant
Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding
cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
Do not use any coolant additive.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 603 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
604
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Refuel your vehicle.
Operate the priming pump until
you feel more resistance to
bleed the fuel system.
Start the engine. (P. 209, 213)
If the engine does not start after the above steps have been performed,
wait for 10 seconds and try step 2 and 3 again. If the engine still does not
start, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
After starting the engine, depress the accelerator pedal lightly until the
engine runs smoothly.
If you run out of fuel and the engine stalls
(1ND-TV engine only)
If you run out of fuel and the engine dies:
1
2
NOTICE
When restarting the engine
Do not crank the engine before refueling and operating the priming pump.
This may damage the engine and fuel system.
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system: Do not crank for more than
30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring system.
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 604 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
605
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
8
When trouble arises
Stop the engine. Shift the shift lever to P (Multidrive) or N (manual
transmission), and set the parking brake.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels
to help provide traction.
Restart the engine.
Shift the shift lever to D or R (Multidrive) or 1 or R (manual trans-
mission) and release the parking brake. Then, while exercising cau-
tion, depress the accelerator pedal.
When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Vehicles with a 3-ring meter
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
Press to turn off TRC.
Press to turn off TRC.
1
2
3
4
5
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 605 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
606
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
WARNING
When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal
more than necessary.
If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 606 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
607
9
Vehicle specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.)...........608
Fuel information .................628
9-2. Customization
Customizable features.......630
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................637
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 607 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
608
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weights
Overall length 4330 mm (170.5 in.)
Overall width 1760 mm (69.3 in.)
Overall height
*
1
1475 mm (58.1 in.)
Wheelbase 2600 mm (102.4 in.)
Tread
Front
1535 mm (60.4 in.)
*
2
1525 mm (60.0 in.)
*
3
1515 mm (59.6 in.)
*
4, 5
Rear
1NR-FE and 1ND-TV engines
1535 mm (60.4 in.)
*
2
1525 mm (60.0 in.)
*
3
1515 mm (59.6 in.)
*
4
1ZR-FAE, 8NR-FTS and 1WW
engines
1525 mm (60.0 in.)
*
2
1515 mm (59.6 in.)
*
3
1505 mm (59.3 in.)
*
5
Gross vehicle mass
1NR-FE engine
1735 kg (3826 lb.)
1ZR-FAE engine
1830 kg (4035 lb.)
*
6
1805 kg (3980 lb.)
*
7
8NR-FTS engine
1845 kg (4068 lb.)
*
6
1820 kg (4012 lb.)
*
7
1ND-TV engine
1820 kg (4012 lb.)
1WW engine
1890 kg (4167 lb.)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 608 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
609
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
*
1
: Unladen vehicles
*
2
: Vehicles with 195/65R15 tires
*
3
: Vehicles with 205/55R16 tires
*
4
: Vehicles with 215/45R17 tires
*
5
: Vehicles with 225/45R17 tires
*
6
: Vehicles with a Multidrive
*
7
: Vehicles with a manual transmission
Maximum
permissible axle
capacity
Front
1NR-FE, 1ZR-FAE, 8NR-FTS
and 1ND-TV engines
1020 kg (2249 lb.)
1WW engine
1080 kg (2381 lb.)
Rear 1010 kg (2227 lb.)
Drawbar load
1NR-FE and 1ND-TV engines
55 kg (121 lb.)
1ZR-FAE, 8NR-FTS and 1WW
engines
65 kg (143 lb.)
Towing capacity
With brake
1NR-FE and 1ND-TV engines
1000 kg (2205 lb.)
1ZR-FAE, 8NR-FTS and 1WW
engines
1300 kg (2867 lb.)
Without brake 450 kg (992 lb.)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 609 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
610
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped under
the right-hand front seat.
This number is also on the
manufacturer’s label.
Vehicle identification
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 610 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
611
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.
1NR-FE engine
1ZR-FAE engine
8NR-FTS engine
1ND-TV engine
1WW engine
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 611 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
612
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1NR-FE and 1ZR-FAE engines
Engine
Model 1NR-FE, 1ZR-FAE
Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
1NR-FE engine
72.5 80.5 mm (2.85 3.17 in.)
1ZR-FAE engine
80.5 78.5 mm (3.17 3.09 in.)
Displacement
1NR-FE engine
1329 cm
3
(81.1 cu. in.)
1ZR-FAE engine
1598 cm
3
(97.5 cu. in.)
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension
1NR-FE engine
Automatic adjustment
1ZR-FAE engine
7.6 10.0 mm (0.30 0.39 in.)
*
*
: Drive belt deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) thumb
force (used belt)
Generator
Water pump
Air
conditioning
compressor
Crankshaft
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 612 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
613
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
8NR-FTS engine
1ND-TV and 1WW engines
Model 8NR-FTS
Type
4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline (with
turbocharger)
Bore and stroke 71.5 74.5 mm (2.82 2.93 in.)
Displacement 1197 cm
3
(73.0 cu. in.)
Valve clearance (engine
cold)
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
Model 1ND-TV, 1WW
Type
4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, diesel (with
turbocharger)
Bore and stroke
1ND-TV engine
73.0 81.5 mm (2.87 3.21 in.)
1WW engine
78.0 83.6 mm (3.07 3.29 in.)
Displacement
1ND-TV engine
1364 cm
3
(83.2 cu. in.)
1WW engine
1598 cm
3
(97.52 cu. in.)
Valve clearance (engine
cold)
1ND-TV engine
Intake: 0.11 0.17 mm (0.004 0.007 in.)
Exhaust: 0.14 0.20 mm (0.006 0.008 in.)
1WW engine
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 613 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
614
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
NOTICE
Drive belt type (1ND-TV engine)
The high strength drive belt is used for the generator side drive belt. When
replacing the drive belt, use Toyota genuine drive belt or equivalent high
strength drive belt. If the high strength drive belt is not used, durability of the
belt may become less than expected. The high strength drive belt is a belt
with Aramid core which has higher strength compared to usually available
belts with PET or PEN core.
Fuel
Fuel type
EU area:
Unleaded gasoline conforming to European
standard EN228 only
Except EU area:
Unleaded gasoline only
Research Octane
Number
95 or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
50 L (13.2 gal., 11.0 Imp. gal.)
Fuel type
EU area:
Diesel fuel conforming to European standard
EN590
Except EU area:
Diesel fuel that contains 50 ppm or less of sulfur
Cetane number 48 or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
50 L (13.2 gal., 11.0 Imp. gal.)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 614 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
615
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
*
: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes,
and check the oil level on the dipstick.
Engine oil selection
1NR-FE and 1ZR-FAE engines
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Toyota
recommends the use of approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil”.
Another motor oil of matching quality can also be used.
Oil grade:
0W-20, 5W-30 and 10W-30:
API grade SL “Energy-Conserving”, SM “Energy-Conserving” or SN
“Resource-Conserving”; or ILSAC multigrade engine oil
15W-40:
API grade SL, SM or SN multigrade engine oil
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill reference
*
)
With filter
1NR-FE engine
3.4 L (3.6 qt., 3.0 Imp. qt.)
1ZR-FAE engine
4.2 L (4.4 qt., 3.7 Imp. qt.)
8NR-FTS engine
4.0 L (4.2 qt., 3.5 Imp. qt.)
1ND-TV engine
3.7 L (3.9 qt., 3.3 Imp. qt.)
1WW engine
5.2 L (5.5 qt., 4.6 Imp. qt.)
Without filter
1NR-FE engine
3.2 L (3.4 qt., 2.8 Imp. qt.)
1ZR-FAE engine
3.9 L (4.1 qt., 3.4 Imp. qt.)
8NR-FTS engine
3.7 L (3.9 qt., 3.3 Imp. qt.)
1ND-TV engine
3.3 L (3.5 qt., 2.9 Imp. qt.)
1WW engine
4.9 L (5.2 qt., 4.3 Imp. qt.)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 615 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
616
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
SAE 0W-20 is filled into your
Toyota vehicle at manufactur-
ing, and the best choice for
good fuel economy and good
starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 oil is not avail-
able, SAE 5W-30 oil may be
used. However, it should be
replaced with SAE 0W-20 at the
next oil change.
If you use SAE 10W-30 or a
higher viscosity engine oil in
extremely low temperatures,
the engine may become difficult
to start, so SAE 0W-20 or 5W-
30 engine oil is recommended.
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which
allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity
(one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
Temperature range anticipated
before next oil change
Preferred
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 616 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
617
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
How to read oil container labels:
Either or both API registered marks are added to some oil contain-
ers to help you select the oil you should use.
API Service Symbol
Top portion: “API SERVICE SN”
means the oil quality designa-
tion by American Petroleum
Institute (API).
Center portion: “SAE 0W-20”
means the SAE viscosity grade.
Lower portion: “Resource-
Conserving” means that the oil
has fuel-saving and environ-
mental protection capabilities.
ILSAC Certification Mark
The International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC)
Certification Mark is displayed on the front of the container.
8NR-FTS engine
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil SAE 0W-20 for Downsized Turbo Gaso-
line Engines” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil SAE 0W-20 for Downsized Turbo Gaso-
line Engines” or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and vis-
cosity.
Oil grade:
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil SAE 0W-20 for Downsized Turbo Gaso-
line Engines” or API grade SL “Energy-Conserving”, SM “Energy-
Conserving” or SN “Resource-Conserving”; or ILSAC multigrade
engine oil
Viscosity grade:
SAE 0W-20 and 5W-30
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 617 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
618
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil SAE
0W-20 for Downsized Turbo
Gasoline Engines” is filled into
your Toyota vehicle at manufac-
turing, and SAE 0W-20 is the
best choice for good fuel econ-
omy and good starting in cold
weather.
If SAE 0W-20 oil is not available, SAE 5W-30 oil may be used.
However, it should be replaced with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil
change.
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which
allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity
(one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container labels:
Either or both API registered marks are added to some oil contain-
ers to help you select the oil you should use.
API Service Symbol
Top portion: “API SERVICE SN”
means the oil quality designa-
tion by American Petroleum
Institute (API).
Center portion: “SAE 0W-20”
means the SAE viscosity grade.
Lower portion: “Resource-
Conserving” means that the oil
has fuel-saving and environ-
mental protection capabilities.
ILSAC Certification Mark
The International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC)
Certification Mark is displayed on the front of the container.
Temperature range anticipated
before next oil change
Preferred
1
2
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 618 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
619
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
1ND-TV engine
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Toyota
recommends the use of approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil”.
Another motor oil of matching quality can also be used.
Oil grade: ACEA C2
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
SAE 0W-30 is filled into your
Toyota vehicle at manufactur-
ing, and the best choice for
good fuel economy and good
starting in cold weather.
Oil viscosity (0W-30 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-30 indicates the characteristic of the oil which
allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 30 in 0W-30 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity
(one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
NOTICE
Using engine oil other than ACEA C2 may damage the catalytic converter.
Temperature range anticipated
before next oil change
Preferred
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 619 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
620
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1WW engine
Toyota recommends the use of approved “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil 5W-30 Premium Fuel Economy for 1WW/2WW engines”. Con-
tact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly quali-
fied and equipped professional for usage of any other approved
engine oil of matching quality.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine
Use of engine oils other than “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil 5W-30 Premium
Fuel Economy for 1WW/2WW engines” or any other approved engine oil,
may cause damage to the engine.
If the approved oils are not available, up to 1 L (1.1 qt., 0.9 Imp. qt.) of the
following oils may be used: ACEA C3 oils.
Confirm that the viscosity grade is SAE 0W-40, 0W-30, 5W-40 or 5W-30.
Viscosities other than these, may damage the engine.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 620 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
621
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
1NR-FE, 1ZR-FAE and 1ND-TV engines
8NR-FTS engine
Cooling system
Capacity
(Refer-
ence)
1NR-FE engine
With exhaust heat recirculation system
5.7 L (6.0 qt., 5.0 Imp. qt.)
Without exhaust heat recirculation system
4.7 L (5.0 qt., 4.1 Imp. qt.)
1ZR-FAE engine
Vehicles with a Multidrive
5.8 L (6.1 qt., 5.1 Imp. qt.)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
5.6 L (5.9 qt., 4.9 Imp. qt.)
1ND-TV engine
With power heater
6.0 L (6.3 qt., 5.3 Imp. qt.)
Without power heater
5.6 L (5.9 qt., 4.9 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-
based non-silicate, non-amine, non-
nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Capacity (reference)
Gasoline engine
Intercooler
Vehicles with a Multidrive
6.4 L (6.8 qt., 5.6 Imp. qt.)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
6.2 L (6.6 qt., 5.5 Imp. qt.)
2.1 L (2.2 qt., 1.8 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-
based non-silicate, non-amine, non-
nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 621 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
622
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
1WW engine
Capacity (reference)
With power heater
7.3 L (7.7 qt., 6.4 Imp. qt.)
Without power heater
7.0 L (7.4 qt., 6.2 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
“Toyota Genuine Premium Long Life Cool-
ant 1WW/2WW” or equivalent. “Toyota
Genuine Premium Long Life Coolant 1WW/
2WW” concentrated product always needs
to be mixed as 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water. Do not use plain water
alone.
Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and
equipped professional for usage of any
other approved engine coolant of matching
quality.
Ignition system (gasoline engine)
Spark plug
Make
1NR-FE engine
DENSO SC16HR11
1ZR-FAE engine
DENSO SC16HR11 or DENSO SC20HR11
8NR-FTS engine
NGK DILKAR8J9G
Gap
1NR-FE and 1ZR-FAE engines
1.1 mm (0.043 in.)
8NR-FTS engine
0.9 mm (0.035 in.)
NOTICE
Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 622 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
623
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
*
: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Electrical system
Battery
Open voltage at 20C
(68F):
12.6
12.8 V Fully charged
12.2
12.4 V Half charged
11.8
12.0 V Discharged
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine
and all lights are turned off.)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Multidrive
Fluid capacity
*
7.5 L (7.9 qt., 6.6 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine CVT Fluid FE
NOTICE
Multidrive fluid type
Using Multidrive fluid other than “Toyota Genuine CVT Fluid FE” may cause
deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied
by vibration, and ultimately damage to the transmission of your vehicle.
Manual transaxle
Gear oil capacity (Reference)
1WW engine
2.1 L (2.2 qt., 1.8 Imp. qt.)
Except 1WW engine
2.4 L (2.5 qt., 2.1 Imp. qt.)
Gear oil type
Use either of the following:
“TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmis-
sion Gear Oil LV”
• Other gear oil that meets API GL-4
and SAE 75W specifications
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 623 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
624
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 294 N (30 kgf,
66 lbf) while the engine is running
*
2
: Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 200 N (20.4 kgf,
45.0 lbf)
NOTICE
Manual transaxle gear oil
Please be aware that depending on the particular characteristics of the gear
oil used or the operating conditions, idle sound, shift feeling and/or fuel effi-
ciency may be different or affected. Toyota recommends to use “TOYOTA
Genuine Manual Transmission Gear Oil LV” to achieve optimal perfor-
mance.
Clutch
Pedal free play 5 15 mm (0.2 0.6 in.)
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
Brakes
Pedal clearance
*
1
Left-hand drive vehicles
Right-hand drive vehi-
cles
63 mm (2.48 in.) Min.
73 mm (2.87 in.) Min.
Pedal free play 1 6 mm (0.04 0.24 in.)
Parking brake lever
travel
*
2
5 8 clicks
Fluid type
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
Steering
Free play Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 624 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
625
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
15-inch tires
*
: The tire inflation pressure is specified on the tire-loading information label.
(P. 498)
Tires and wheels
Tire size 195/65R15 91H
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Vehicle speed
Front wheel
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Rear wheel
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
More than 160
km/h (100 mph)
Type A
*
:
260 (2.6, 38)
Type B
*
:
270 (2.7, 39)
Type A
*
:
260 (2.6, 38)
Type B
*
:
270 (2.7, 39)
160 km/h (100
mph) or less
Type A
*
:
230 (2.3, 33)
Type B
*
:
240 (2.4, 35)
Type A
*
:
230 (2.3, 33)
Type B
*
:
240 (2.4, 35)
Wheel size 15 6 J
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 625 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
626
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
16-inch and 17-inch tires
Compact spare tire
When towing a trailer
Add 20.0 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 3 psi) to the recommended tire inflation
pressure and drive at speeds below 100 km/h (62 mph).
Tire size 205/55R16 91V, 215/45R17 87W, 225/45R17 91W
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Vehicle speed
Front wheel
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Rear wheel
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
More than 160
km/h (100 mph)
260 (2.6, 38) 260 (2.6, 38)
160 km/h (100
mph) or less
230 (2.3, 33) 230 (2.3, 33)
Wheel size
16 6 1/2 J (16-inch tires),
17 7 J (17-inch tires)
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
Tire size T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
420 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 60 psi)
Wheel size 17 4 T
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 626 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
627
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
Light bulbs
Light Bulbs W Type
Exterior
Halogen headlights
*
55 A
Front fog lights
*
19 B
Front turn signal lights 21 C
Side turn signal lights 5 C
Rear turn signal lights 21 D
Stop lights 21 E
Back-up light 16 F
Licence plate lights 5 F
Interior
Vanity lights
*
5 G
Front interior lights/personal lights 8 F
Rear interior light
*
8 G
Rear personal lights
*
8 F
Luggage compartment light 5 G
A: HIR2 halogen bulbs
C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
E: Single end bulbs (clear)
G: Double end bulbs
*
: If equipped
B: H16 halogen bulbs
D: Single end bulbs (amber)
F: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 627 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
628
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Use of ethanol blended gasoline in a gasoline engine
Toyota allows the use of ethanol blended gasoline where the ethanol content
is up to 10%. Make sure that the ethanol blended gasoline to be used has a
Research Octane Number that follows the above.
If you plan to drive in foreign countries (diesel engine)
Low sulfur diesel fuel may not be available, so please check the availability
with your distributor.
If your engine knocks
Consult any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-
ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
Fuel information
Gasoline engine
EU area:
You must only use unleaded gasoline conforming to European
standard EN228.
Select unleaded gasoline with a Research Octane Number of 95
or higher for optimum engine performance.
Except EU area:
You must only use unleaded gasoline.
Select unleaded gasoline with a Research Octane Number of 95
or higher for optimum engine performance.
Diesel engine
EU area:
You must only use diesel fuel conforming to European standard
EN590.
Except EU area:
You must only use diesel fuel that contains 50 ppm or less of
sulfur with a cetane number of 48 or higher.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 628 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
629
9-1. Specifications
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
NOTICE
Notice on fuel quality
Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
Gasoline engine: Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline will cause the three-way catalytic converter to lose its
effectiveness and the emission control system to function improperly.
Diesel engine: Do not use a fuel that contains more than 50 ppm of sulfur.
Use of such a high sulfur fuel may damage the engine.
Gasoline engine (EU area): Bioethanol fuel sold under names such as
“E50” or “E85” and fuel containing a large amount of ethanol should not be
used. The use of these fuels will damage the vehicle’s fuel system. In case
of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly
qualified and equipped professional.
Gasoline engine (except EU area): Bioethanol fuel sold under names such
as “E50” or “E85” and fuel containing a large amount of ethanol should not
be used. Your vehicle can use gasoline mixed with 10% max ethanol. The
use of fuel with more than 10% ethanol content (E10) will damage the
vehicle’s fuel system. You must ensure that refueling is carried out only
from a source where fuel specification and quality can be guaranteed. In
case of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional.
Gasoline engine: Do not use the methanol blended gasoline such as M15,
M85, M100. The use of gasoline containing methanol may cause engine
damage or failure.
Diesel engine (EU area): FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester) fuel sold under
names such as “B30” or “B100” and fuel containing a large amount of
FAME should not be used. The use of these fuels will damage the vehi-
cle’s fuel system. In case of any doubt, ask any authorized Toyota dealer
or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional.
Diesel engine (except EU area): FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester) fuel sold
under names such as “B30” or “B100” and fuel containing a large amount
of FAME should not be used. Your vehicle can use diesel mixed with 5%
max biodiesel FAME (B5). The use of fuel with more than 5% FAME con-
tent (B5) will damage the vehicle’s fuel system. You must ensure that
refueling is carried out only from a source where fuel specification and
quality can be guaranteed. In case of any doubt, ask any authorized
Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped profes-
sional.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 629 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
630
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9-2. Customization
Changing on the navigation/multimedia system screen (vehi-
cles with a navigation/multimedia system)
Press the “SETUP” button.
Touch “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
Select the desired item.
Various settings can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that
can be changed for details.
Changing using the meter control switches (vehicles with a 2-
ring meter)
P. 11 0
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions when customized. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional for fur-
ther details.
Settings that can be changed on the navigation/multimedia system
screen (vehicles with a navigation/multimedia system)
Settings that can be changed using the meter control switches
(vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
Settings that can be changed by any authorized Toyota dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped professional
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features
can be changed using the meter control switches, on the naviga-
tion/multimedia system screen or at any authorized Toyota
dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified and equipped pro-
fessional.
Customizing vehicle features
Customizable features
1
2
1
2
3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 630 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
631
9-2. Customization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
Gauges, meters and multi-information display
*
1
(P. 98, 107)
Function
*
2
Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Language
*
3
English
*
4
O
Units
*
3
km (L/100 km)
km (km/L)
O O
miles (MPG)
°C °F O O
Eco Driving Indicator
Light
*
5
On
(Self-lighting)
Off O
Drive information 1
Current fuel
consumption
(gauge display)
*
6
O
Average fuel
economy (after
reset)
Drive information 2
Distance
(driving range)
*
6
O
Average vehi-
cle speed (after
reset)
Drive information 3
*
5
Stop & Start
system opera-
tion time (after
start)
*
6
O
Stop & Start
system opera-
tion time (after
reset)
Pop-up display
*
5
On Off O
1 2 3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 631 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
632
9-2. Customization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
*
1
: Vehicles with a 2-ring meter
*
2
: For details about each function: P. 11 3
*
3
: The default setting varies according to country.
*
4
: German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Norwe-
gian, Danish, Russian, Finnish, Greek, Polish, Ukrainian, Turkish, Hungar-
ian, Czech, Slovak, Romanian
*
5
: If equipped
*
6
: 2 of the following items: current fuel consumption (gauge display), current
fuel consumption (numerical display), average fuel economy (after reset),
average fuel economy (after start), average fuel economy (after refuel),
Stop & Start system operation time (after reset)
*
5
, Stop & Start system
operation time (after start)
*
5
, average vehicle speed (after reset), average
vehicle speed (after start), elapsed time (after reset), elapsed time (after
start), distance (driving range), distance (after start), blank.
Smart entry & start system
*
1
and wireless remote control
(P. 134, 140, 145)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
On Off O O
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock func-
tion is activated if door is
not opened after being
unlocked
30 seconds
60 seconds
O
120 seconds
Open door warning
buzzer
*
2
On Off O
1 2 3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 632 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
633
9-2. Customization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
Smart entry & start system
*
1
(P. 134, 140, 145)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Left-hand drive vehicles
Wireless remote control (P. 122, 134, 140)
*
: If equipped
Turn signal lever (P. 233)
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Smart entry & start sys-
tem
On Off O O
Number of consecutive
door lock operations
*
2
2 times
As many as
desired
O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Wireless remote control On Off O
Back door unlocking
operation
*
One short
press
Push twice
O
Press and hold
(short)
Press and hold
(long)
Off
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
The number of times the
turn signal lights flash
automatically when the
turn signal lever is moved
to the first position during
a lane change
3
5
O
7
Off
1 2 3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 633 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
634
9-2. Customization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Automatic light control system
*
(P. 235)
*
: If equipped
Follow me home system (P. 237)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
*
(P. 271)
*
: If equipped
RSA (Road Sign Assist)
*
(P. 280)
*
: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Light sensor sensitivity Standard -2 to 2 O O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Time elapsed before
headlights automatically
turn off
30 seconds
60 seconds
O90 seconds
120 seconds
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
LDA warning sensitivity High Standard O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
RSA system On Off O
Notification method of
excessive speed
Only display
Display and
buzzer
O
Off
Notification methods
other than excessive
speed
Only display
Display and
buzzer
O
Off
Notification level of
excessive speed
2 km/h (1 mph)
10 km/h (5 mph)
O
5 km/h (3 mph)
1 2 3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 634 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
635
9-2. Customization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
Stop & Start system
*
(P. 286)
*
: If equipped
Toyota parking assist-sensor
*
1
(P. 308)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Vehicles with a navigation/multimedia system
*
3
: When Toyota parking assist-sensor is operating.
Automatic air conditioning system
*
(P. 409)
*
: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Change the Stop & Start
system duration when the
A/C is on
Normal Long O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Toyota parking assist-
sensor system
On Off O
Detection distance of the
front center sensors
*
2
Far Near O O
Detection distance of the
rear center sensors
*
2
Far Near O O
Buzzer volume
*
2
5 1 to 4 O O
Display setting
*
2, 3
All sensors dis-
played
Display off O O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Switching between out-
side air and recirculated
air mode linked to
“AUTO” switch operation
On Off O O
A/C auto switch operation On Off O
1 2 3
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 635 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
636
9-2. Customization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Illumination (P. 421)
*
: If equipped
Vehicle customization
When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the timer acti-
vated automatic door lock function activates, signals will be generated in
accordance with the operational signal (emergency flashers) function setting.
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Interior light illumination
control
*
On Off O O
Time elapsed before the
interior lights turn off
15 seconds
7.5 seconds
O
*
O
30 seconds
Operation after the
engine switch is turned
off
On Off O
Operation when the
doors are unlocked
On Off O
Operation when you
approach the vehicle with
the electronic key on your
person
*
On Off O
1 2 3
WARNING
During customization
As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such
as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health
hazard.
NOTICE
During customization
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus-
tomizing features.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 636 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
637
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
9
Vehicle specifications
9-3. Initialization
*
: If equipped
Items to initialize
The following item must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Tire pressure warning sys-
tem
*
When rotating front and rear
tires which have different tire
inflation pressures
When changing the tire size
When changing the tire infla-
tion pressure by changing
traveling speed or load
weight, etc.
P. 486
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 637 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
638
9-3. Initialization
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 638 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
639
Index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .....................640
Alphabetical index ......................645
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 639 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
640
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical
keys can be made by any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional. (P. 124)
If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases
significantly. Contact any authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another
duly qualified and equipped professional immediately. (P. 133)
Is the key battery weak or depleted? (P. 505)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (P. 216)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (P. 125, 149)
Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (P. 138)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting any
authorized Toyota dealer or repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 640 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
641
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles with a manual transmission:
Do you turn the key with the clutch pedal depressed firmly? (P. 209)
Vehicles with a Multidrive:
Is the shift lever in P? (P. 209)
Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 210)
Is the battery discharged? (P. 594)
Vehicles with a Multidrive:
Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(P. 213)
Vehicles with a manual transmission:
Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the clutch pedal?
(P. 213)
Vehicles with a Multidrive:
Is the shift lever in P? (P. 219)
Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (P. 146)
Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 220)
Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (P. 592)
Is the battery discharged? (P. 594)
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start (vehicles without a smart entry &
start system)
The engine does not start (vehicles with a smart entry &
start system)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 641 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
642
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
Is the engine switch in the “ON” position?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in the “ON” position. (P. 228)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (P. 228)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is pulled from the engine
switch. (P. 211)
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P. 219)
Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P. 181)
The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of
time. (P. 219)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal (vehicles with a Multidrive)
The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is
stopped
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
The engine switch is turned off automatically (vehicles with
a smart entry & start system)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 642 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
643
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (P. 545)
The brake system warning light (red indicator) is on
Is the parking brake released? (P. 234)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(P. 541, 553)
Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects them and the alarm sounds. (P. 87)
Vehicles without a smart entry & start system:
To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position or start the
engine.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start system:
To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode or start
the engine.
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
Vehicles with a 2-ring meter: Check the message on the multi-information
display. (P. 553)
When a warning light turns on, refer to P. 541.
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
An alarm is activated and the horn sounds
(vehicles with an alarm)
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
(vehicles with a smart entry & start system)
A warning light turns on
(vehicles with a 3-ring meter)
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 643 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
644
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
When a warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed, refer to
P. 541, 553.
Vehicles with a spare tire:
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
(P. 559)
Vehicles with an emergency tire puncture repair kit:
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and repair the flat tire temporarily with the
emergency tire puncture repair kit. (P. 573)
Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (P. 605)
A warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed
(vehicles with a 2-ring meter)
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 644 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
645
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A/C............................................. 409
Air conditioning filter..............503
ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System)......332
Warning light......................... 542
Air conditioning filter ..............503
Air conditioning
system .................................... 409
Air conditioning filter..............503
Airbag manual on-off system ... 52
Airbags ....................................... 42
Airbag manual on-off
system ..................................52
Airbag operating conditions ....48
Airbag precautions for
your child .............................. 44
Correct driving posture............36
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions .............48
Curtain shield airbag
precautions........................... 46
General airbag precautions.....44
Locations of airbags................42
Modification and
disposal of airbags................47
Side airbag operating
conditions .............................48
Side airbag precautions ..........44
Side and curtain shield airbags
operating conditions .............48
Side and curtain shield airbags
precautions........................... 44
SRS airbags............................ 42
SRS warning light .................542
Alarm .......................................... 87
Warning buzzer............. 541, 553
Anchor brackets ........................ 64
Antennas (smart entry &
start system).......................... 145
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS) ........................ 332
Warning light......................... 542
Armrest..................................... 440
Ashtrays ................................... 438
Assist grips.............................. 441
Audio input
*
............................ 344
Audio system
*
......................... 342
Audio input............................ 344
AUX port/USB port................ 344
Bluetooth
audio .................. 374
CD player.............................. 350
iPod....................................... 358
MP3/WMA disc ..................... 350
Optimal use........................... 345
Portable music player ........... 373
Radio .................................... 347
Steering wheel audio
switch ................................. 343
USB memory ........................ 366
Automatic headlight leveling
system.................................... 240
Automatic High Beam ............. 276
Automatic light control
system.................................... 235
AUX port
*
................................. 344
Auxiliary boxes................ 429, 433
A
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 645 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
646
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Back door ................................140
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulb...............514
Wattage.................................627
Battery ...................................... 477
Checking ...............................477
If the vehicle has discharged
battery.................................594
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................338
Warning light......................... 541
Bluetooth
®
*
Audio system ........................ 391
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)..............394
Bottle holders...........................427
Brake
Emergency brake signal .......332
Fluid ......................................624
Parking brake........................234
Warning light......................... 541
Brake assist..............................332
Break-in tips ............................190
Brightness control
Meter light control .........103, 113
Care................................... 446, 450
Aluminum wheels.................. 447
Exterior ................................. 446
Interior................................... 450
Seat belts.............................. 451
Cargo hooks............................. 431
CD player
*
................................ 350
Chains....................................... 339
Child restraint system............... 55
Baby seats, definition.............. 55
Baby seats, installation ........... 65
Child seats, definition.............. 55
Child seats, installation........... 65
Installing CRS with ISOFIX
rigid anchors......................... 69
Installing CRS with
seat belts .............................. 65
Installing CRS with
top strap ............................... 70
Junior seats, definition ............ 55
Junior seats, installation ......... 67
Child safety ................................ 54
Airbag precautions.................. 44
Battery precautions....... 478, 599
Child restraint system ............. 55
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 39
Installing child restraints ......... 64
Panoramic roof shade
precautions......................... 443
Power window lock switch .... 181
Power window
precautions......................... 184
Rear door child-protectors .... 138
Removed electronic key
battery precautions............. 507
Seat belt precautions.............. 41
Seat heater precautions........ 419
B
C
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 646 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
647
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Child-protectors.......................138
Cleaning............................446, 450
Aluminum wheels..................447
Exterior..................................446
Interior...................................450
Seat belts .............................. 451
Clock .........................................438
Coat hooks ...............................441
Condenser ................................476
Console box .............................426
Cooling system........................474
Engine overheating ............... 600
Cruise control ..........................299
Cup holders.............................. 428
Curtain shield airbags ...............42
Customizable features ............630
Daytime running light
system.................................... 239
Deck board ............................... 432
Defogger
Outside rear view
mirrors ........................ 406, 413
Rear window ................. 406, 413
Windshield .................... 406, 413
Dimensions .............................. 608
Display
Multi-information
display ........................ 101, 107
Warning message ................ 553
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 456
Door lock
Back door.............................. 140
Side doors............................. 134
Smart entry &
start system................ 134, 140
Wireless remote
control......................... 134, 140
D
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 647 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
648
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Doors
Back door..............................140
Door lock.......................134, 140
Door windows .......................181
Double locking system ............90
Open door warning
buzzer......................... 138, 141
Open door warning light........ 545
Outside rear view mirrors......178
Rear door child-protector ......138
Side doors.............................134
Double locking system..............90
DPF
Diesel Particulate Filter
system ................................330
Warning light......................... 544
Drive information..................... 111
Driving ......................................186
Break-in tips.......................... 190
Correct posture ....................... 36
Procedures............................186
Winter drive tips .................... 338
Eco Driving Indicator ...... 105, 115
Electric Power Steering
(EPS)....................................... 332
Warning light......................... 542
Electronic key .......................... 122
Battery-saving function ......... 148
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 591
Replacing the battery............ 505
Emergency, in case of
If a warning light turns on...... 541
If a warning message is
displayed ............................ 553
If the battery is discharged.... 594
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........... 591
If the engine will not start ...... 589
If the warning buzzer
sounds................................ 541
If you have a flat tire ..... 559, 573
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls ................. 604
If you think something is
wrong.................................. 539
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ................................... 605
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency.......................... 531
If your vehicle needs to be
towed.................................. 533
If your vehicle overheats....... 600
E
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 648 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
649
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Emergency brake signal .........332
Emergency flashers.................530
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit .................................573
Engine....................................... 612
ACCESSORY mode .............216
Compartment ........................462
Engine switch................209, 213
Hood .....................................459
How to start the
engine......................... 209, 213
Identification number.............611
If the engine will not start ......589
Ignition switch
(engine switch) ...........209, 213
Overheating ..........................600
Engine coolant......................... 474
Capacity ................................ 621
Checking ...............................474
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................338
Warning light......................... 541
Engine coolant temperature
gauge........................................98
Engine immobilizer system ......75
Engine oil.................................. 467
Capacity ................................ 615
Checking ...............................467
Oil level warning light............544
Oil pressure warning light .....541
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................338
Engine oil maintenance
data ......................................... 472
Engine switch...................209, 213
EPS (Electric Power
Steering).................................332
Warning light......................... 542
Flat tire
Vehicles with a spare tire...... 559
Vehicles without a spare
tire ...................................... 573
Floor mats .................................. 34
Fluid
Brake .................................... 624
Clutch.................................... 624
Multidrive .............................. 623
Washer ................................. 480
Fog lights ................................. 241
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Switch ................................... 241
Wattage ................................ 627
Follow me home system ......... 237
Front fog lights ........................ 241
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Switch ................................... 241
Wattage ................................ 627
Front personal lights............... 423
Wattage ................................ 627
Front position lights................ 235
Light switch ........................... 235
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Front seats ............................... 168
Adjustment............................ 168
Cleaning................................ 450
Correct driving posture ........... 36
Head restraints ..................... 172
Seat heaters ......................... 419
Front sensor............................. 254
F
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 649 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
650
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Front turn signal lights............233
Replacing light bulbs.............514
Turn signal lever ...................233
Wattage.................................627
Fuel ........................................... 249
Capacity ................................ 614
Fuel filter ...............481, 482, 604
Fuel gauge..............................98
Fuel pump shut off system....540
If you run out of fuel and
the engine stalls..................604
Information ............................ 628
Refueling............................... 249
Type ..............................249, 614
Warning light.................544, 545
Fuel filler door..........................249
Refueling............................... 249
Fuel pump shut off system .....540
Fuses ........................................ 508
Gauges........................................ 98
Gear Shift Indicator .................231
Glove box .................................426
Grocery bag hooks.................. 431
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
*
............. 394
Head restraints ........................ 172
Headlight cleaners................... 243
Headlights ................................ 235
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 276
Follow me home system ....... 237
Light switch ........................... 235
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Wattage ................................ 627
Heaters
Heater system....................... 404
Outside rear view
mirrors ........................ 406, 413
Seat heaters ......................... 419
Hill-start assist control............ 332
Hood ......................................... 459
Open ..................................... 459
Hooks
Cargo hooks ......................... 431
Coat hooks............................ 441
Grocery bag hooks ............... 431
Retaining hooks (floor mat)..... 34
Horn .......................................... 174
G
H
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 650 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
651
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Identification ............................ 610
Engine...................................611
Vehicle ..................................610
Ignition switch
(engine switch) ..............209, 213
Illuminated entry system.........424
Immobilizer system ...................75
Indicators.................................... 95
Initialization
Engine oil maintenance
data.....................................472
Meter display settings ...........113
Power windows.....................183
Tire pressure
warning system...................485
Inside rear view mirror ............176
Intercooler ................................476
Intercooler coolant ..................475
Capacity ................................ 621
Checking ...............................475
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................338
Interior lights............................421
ISOFIX rigid anchors .................64
Jack
Positioning the jack............... 461
Vehicle-equipped jack........... 560
Jack handle.............................. 560
Jam protection function
Panoramic roof shade........... 443
Power window....................... 182
Keyless entry
Smart entry &
start system................ 134, 140
Wireless remote
control......................... 134, 140
Keys .......................................... 122
Battery-saving function ......... 148
Electronic key ....................... 122
Engine switch................ 209, 213
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 591
If you lose your keys ............. 124
Key number plate.................. 122
Keyless entry ................ 134, 140
Mechanical key..................... 124
Replacing the battery............ 505
Warning buzzer..................... 146
Wireless remote control
key...................................... 123
Knee airbags.............................. 42
I
J
K
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 651 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
652
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Lane Departure Alert (LDA) ....271
Language (multi-information
display)................................... 114
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) ....271
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever .............. 459
Hood lock release lever ........459
Shift lever ......................223, 230
Turn signal lever ...................233
Wiper lever....................243, 247
License plate lights .................235
Light switch ........................... 235
Replacing light bulbs.............514
Wattage.................................627
Light bulbs
Replacing .............................. 514
Wattage.................................627
Lights
Automatic High Beam
system ................................276
Fog light switch ..................... 241
Follow me home system ....... 237
Headlight switch....................235
Illuminated entry system ....... 424
Interior light ...........................422
Interior lights list....................421
Luggage compartment
light ..................................... 142
Personal lights ...................... 423
Replacing light bulbs.............514
Turn signal lever ...................233
Vanity lights...........................422
Wattage.................................627
Lock steering column..............219
Low profile tire......................... 487
Luggage cover ......................... 435
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself
maintenance....................... 456
Maintenance data ................. 608
Maintenance
requirements ...................... 453
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 542
Manual headlight leveling
dial .......................................... 238
Manual transmission............... 230
Gear Shift Indicator............... 231
Master warning light................ 546
Meter ........................................... 98
Indicators ................................ 95
Meter light control ......... 103, 113
Meters..................................... 98
Multi-information
display ........................ 101, 107
Settings................................. 113
Warning lights......................... 93
Meter light control ........... 103, 113
L
M
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 652 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
653
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror ..........176
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers.................... 406, 413
Outside rear view mirrors......178
Vanity mirrors........................437
MP3 disc
*
................................. 350
Multidrive.................................. 223
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P .....................228
M mode .................................226
Paddle shift switches .... 225, 226
Multi-information
display ............................101, 107
Drive information...................111
Language..............................114
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) ................................... 273
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system).......................258, 261
RSA (Road Sign Assist)........281
Settings ................................. 113
Stop & Start system ..............294
Warning message .................553
Odometer.......................... 102, 109
Oil
Engine oil .............................. 615
Manual transaxle oil.............. 623
Opener
Back door.............................. 141
Fuel filler door....................... 251
Hood ..................................... 459
Outside rear view mirrors ....... 178
Adjusting and folding ............ 178
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ................... 406, 413
Outside temperature
display...................................... 98
Overheating, Engine................ 600
O
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 653 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
654
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Paddle shift switches ...... 225, 226
Panoramic roof shade .............442
Parking assist sensors............308
Parking brake ........................... 234
Operation ..............................234
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer ...................234
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system)...................................258
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system) switch....................261
Personal lights......................... 423
Wattage.................................627
Power heater ............................417
Power outlets ........................... 439
Power steering......................... 332
Warning light......................... 542
Power windows........................181
Jam protection function.........182
Operation ..............................181
Window lock switch...............181
Pre-Crash Safety system
(PCS).......................................258
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system) switch....................261
Radiator .................................... 476
Radio
*
...................................... 347
Rear fog light ........................... 241
Replacing light bulb .............. 514
Switch ................................... 241
Rear personal lights ................ 423
Wattage ................................ 627
Rear seat
Folding down ........................ 170
Rear turn signal lights............. 233
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Turn signal lever ................... 233
Wattage ................................ 627
Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror .......... 176
Outside rear view mirrors...... 178
Rear view monitor system
*
Rear window
defogger......................... 406, 413
Rear window wiper.................. 247
Refueling .................................. 249
Capacity................................ 614
Fuel types ............................. 614
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 251
Replacing
Electronic key battery ........... 505
Fuses .................................... 508
Light bulbs ............................ 514
Tires...................................... 559
Wireless remote control
battery ................................ 505
Reset the maintenance
data......................................... 481
Road Sign Assist (RSA) .......... 280
RSA (Road Sign Assist) .......... 280
P
R
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 654 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
655
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Seat belt reminder light...........545
Seat belts....................................38
Adjusting the seat belt.............39
Child restraint system
installation.............................65
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................451
Emergency Locking Retractor
(ELR) ....................................39
How to wear your seat belt .....36
How your child should wear
the seat belt..........................39
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use .........................40
Reminder light and buzzer.... 545
Seat belt pretensioners...........39
SRS warning light .................542
Seat heaters ............................. 419
Seats .................................168, 170
Adjustment ............................168
Adjustment precautions ........169
Child seats/child restraint
system installation ................64
Cleaning................................450
Head restraints......................172
Properly sitting in the seat.......36
Seat heaters..........................419
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................ 239
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 254
Inside rear view mirror .......... 177
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 271
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system)............................... 254
Rain-sensing windshield
wipers ................................. 245
RSA (Road Sign Assist)........ 280
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ...................... 308
Shift lever ......................... 223, 230
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P ................ 228
Manual transmission............. 230
Multidrive .............................. 223
Shift lock system..................... 227
Side airbags ............................... 42
Side mirrors ............................. 178
Adjusting and folding ............ 178
Side turn signal lights ............. 233
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Turn signal lever ................... 233
Wattage ................................ 627
S
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 655 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
656
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Simple-IPA................................315
Smart entry & start system .....145
Antenna location ...................145
Entry functions ..............134, 140
Starting the engine................213
Snow tires.................................340
Spare tire ..................................559
Inflation pressure .................. 626
Storage location....................560
Spark plug ................................622
Specifications .......................... 608
Speech command system
*
Speed limiter ............................ 304
Speedometer..............................98
Sport mode...............................224
Steering lock ............................ 219
Column lock release .....211, 220
Steering wheel .........................174
Adjustment ............................174
Audio switches ......................343
Stop & Start cancel switch......288
Stop & Start system................. 286
Stop lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 514
Wattage ................................ 627
Storage feature ........................ 425
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................... 605
Sun visors ................................ 437
Sunshade
Panoramic roof ..................... 442
Switches
Airbag manual on-off
switch ................................... 52
Audio remote control
switches
*
........................... 343
Cruise control switch............. 299
“DISP” switch ........................ 102
Door lock switches................ 137
Emergency flashers
switch ................................. 530
Engine switch................ 209, 213
Fog light switch ..................... 241
Ignition switch ............... 209, 213
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) switch........................ 273
Light switches ....................... 235
Meter control switches .......... 110
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 656 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
657
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Outside rear view mirror
switches..............................178
Paddle shift switches .... 225, 226
Panoramic roof shade
switch..................................442
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system) switch....................261
Power door lock switch ......... 137
Power heater switch..............417
Power window switches........181
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror defoggers
switch.......................... 406, 413
Seat heater switches.............419
Simple-IPA switch.................316
Speed limiter switch.............. 304
Sport mode switch ................224
Stop & Start cancel switch .... 288
Talk switch
*
.......................... 379
Telephone switches
*
............ 379
Tire pressure warning reset
switch..................................486
“TRIP” switch ........................109
VSC OFF switch ...........333, 334
Window lock switch...............181
Windshield wiper and
washer switch ............. 243, 247
Tachometer ................................ 98
Tail lights.................................. 235
Light switch ........................... 235
Replacing light bulbs............. 526
Talk switch
*
............................. 379
Telephone switches
*
.............. 379
Theft deterrent system
Alarm ...................................... 87
Double locking system............ 90
Engine immobilizer system..... 75
Tire inflation pressure............. 498
Maintenance data ................. 625
Tire pressure warning
system.................................... 485
Initializing .............................. 485
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and
transmitters......................... 485
Registering ID codes ............ 487
Tire pressure warning reset
switch ................................. 486
Warning light......................... 546
Tires .......................................... 483
Chains................................... 339
Checking............................... 483
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit.............................. 573
If you have a flat tire ..... 559, 573
Inflation pressure .................. 625
Replacing.............................. 559
Rotating tires......................... 484
Size....................................... 625
Snow tires ............................. 340
Spare tire .............................. 559
Tire pressure warning
system................................ 485
Warning light......................... 546
T
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 657 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
658
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Tools .................................560, 575
Top strap ....................................70
Towing
Emergency towing ................ 533
Towing capacity ....................608
Towing eyelet........................535
Trailer towing ........................199
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ......................... 308
Toyota Safety Sense................252
Automatic High Beam ...........276
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) ................................... 271
PCS (Pre-Crash Safety
system)...............................258
RSA (Road Sign Assist)........280
Traction Control (TRC)............332
Trailer towing .......................... 199
Transmission ...................223, 230
Gear Shift Indicator...............231
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P .....................228
M mode .................................226
Manual transmission.............230
Multidrive...............................223
Paddle shift switches .... 225, 226
TRC (Traction Control) ............ 332
Trip meters ....................... 102, 109
Turn signal lights.....................233
Replacing light bulbs.............514
Turn signal lever ...................233
Wattage.................................627
USB port
*
................................. 344
Vanity lights ............................. 422
Wattage ................................ 627
Vanity mirrors .......................... 437
Vehicle identification
number ................................... 610
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 332
VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) .................................. 332
Warning buzzers
Brake system ........................ 541
Downshifting ......................... 227
Electric power steering
system................................ 542
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 271
Open back door .................... 141
Open door............................. 138
Pre-crash warning................. 258
RSA (Road Sign Assist)........ 280
Seat belt reminder ................ 545
Stop & Start system .............. 291
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ...................... 308
U
V
W
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 658 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
659
Alphabetical index
UK AURIS_HB_EE (OM12K97E)
Warning lights............................93
ABS.......................................542
Brake system ........................541
Charging system ...................541
Cruise control indicator
light ..................................... 542
DPF system .......................... 544
Electric power steering
system ................................542
Engine oil level......................544
Engine oil maintenance.........544
Engine oil pressure ...............541
Fuel filter ...............................544
High engine coolant
temperature warning
light ..................................... 541
Low fuel level ........................ 545
Malfunction indicator lamp ....542
Master warning light.............. 546
Open door ............................. 545
PCS warning light .................543
Seat belt reminder light.........545
Slip indicator ......................... 543
Smart entry &
start system ........................ 545
Speed limiter indicator
light ..................................... 542
SRS warning light .................542
Stop & Start indicator
light ..................................... 543
Tire pressure warning
light ..................................... 546
Warning messages.................. 553
Washer.............................. 243, 247
Checking............................... 480
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 338
Switch ........................... 243, 247
Washing and waxing ............... 446
Weight....................................... 608
Wheels ...................................... 500
Replacing.............................. 500
Size....................................... 625
Window glasses....................... 181
Window lock switch ................ 181
Windows................................... 181
Power windows..................... 181
Rear window
defogger ..................... 406, 413
Windshield wipers................... 243
Intermittent wiper with
interval adjuster.................. 243
Rain-sensing windshield
wipers ................................. 244
Winter driving tips ................... 338
Wireless remote control key... 123
Battery-saving function ......... 148
Locking/Unlocking......... 134, 140
Replacing the battery............ 505
WMA disc
*
............................... 350
*
: For vehicles with navigation/multimedia system, refer to “Navigation
and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 659 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
660
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever Fuel filler door
P. 459 P. 251
Hood lock release
lever
Fuel filler
door opener
Tire inflation pressure
P. 459 P. 251 P. 625
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
50 L (13.2 gal., 11.0 Imp. gal.)
Fuel type P. 614
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 625
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill —
reference)
P. 615
Engine oil type P. 615
UK AURIS_HB_OM_Europe_OM12K97E.book 660 ページ 2016年6月27日 月曜日 午後5時42分
Fuel label information
When you nd these types of fuel label at the gas station,
use only the fuel with one of the following labels.
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
For 1WW and 2WW engines
Except for 1WW and 2WW engines
Fuel cell vehicle
653


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Toyota Auris 2017 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Toyota Auris 2017 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 28,13 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of Toyota Auris 2017

Toyota Auris 2017 User Manual - German - 685 pages

Toyota Auris 2017 User Manual - Dutch - 666 pages

Toyota Auris 2017 User Manual - French - 677 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info